QuickWho

#!/bin/sh

echo "Starting dist process..."

if [ -a QuickWho.dmg ]
 then
    rm QuickWho.dmg
fi

if [ -a dist ]
	then
	rm -rf dist
fi

if [ -a build ]
then
    rm -rf build
fi


cat << EOT > Info.plist
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
<plist version="1.0">
<dict>
	<key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
	<string>English</string>
	<key>CFBundleDisplayName</key>
	<string>QuickWho</string>
	<key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
	<string>_quickwho</string>
	<key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key>
	<string>QuickWho $1</string>
	<key>CFBundleIconFile</key>
	<string>QuickWho.icns</string>
	<key>CFBundleIdentifier</key>
	<string>com.codebykevin.quickwho</string>
	<key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
	<string>6.0</string>
	<key>CFBundleName</key>
	<string>QuickWho</string>
	<key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
................................................................................
	<key>LSApplicationCategoryType</key>
	<string>public.app-category.utilities</string>
	<key>LSArchitecturePriority</key>
	<string>x86_64</string>
	<key>LSHasLocalizedDisplayName</key>
	<false/>
	<key>LSMinimumSystemVersion</key>
	<string>10.13</string>
	<key>LSMinimumSystemVersionByArchitecture</key>
	<dict>
		<key>x86_64</key>
		<string>10.13</string>
	</dict>
	<key>NSAppleScriptEnabled</key>
	<string>YES</string>
	<key>NSHighResolutionCapable</key>
	<string>YES</string>
	<key>NSHumanReadableCopyright</key>
	<string>Copyright (c) 2018 WordTech Communications LLC</string>
	<key>NSMainNibFile</key>
	<string>MainMenu</string>
	<key>NSPrincipalClass</key>
	<string>NSApplication</string>
	<key>OSAScriptingDefinition</key>
	<string>Wish.sdef</string>
</dict>
</plist>
EOT

gcc main.m -o _quickwho -framework Carbon -framework Cocoa -framework CoreFoundation

mkdir dist
mkdir dist/QuickWho.app
mkdir dist/QuickWho.app/Contents
mkdir dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/MacOS
mkdir dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Resources
mkdir dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Frameworks

cp Info.plist dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Info.plist
cp _quickwho dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/MacOS/_quickwho
cp launcher dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Resources/launcher
cp QuickWho.icns dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Resources/QuickWho.icns
cp Wish.sdef dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Resources/Wish.sdef
cp QuickWho.py  dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Resources/QuickWho.py
cp ToolTip.py  dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Resources/ToolTip.py
cp -R  -f "QuickWho - Get Domain Info.workflow" dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Resources/"QuickWho - Get Domain Info.workflow"

#copy the frameworks
cp -R -f /Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework  dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Frameworks/Tcl.framework
cp -R -f /Library/Frameworks/Tk.framework  dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Frameworks/Tk.framework
cp -R -f /Library/Frameworks/Python.framework  dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Frameworks/Python.framework
cp -f /usr/local/lib/libcrypto.42.dylib  dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Frameworks/libcrypto.42.dylib
cp -f /usr/local/lib/libssl.44.dylib  dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Frameworks/libssl.44.dylib
cd  dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Resources/
ln -s ../Frameworks/Python.framework/Versions/3.6/Resources/Python.app/Contents/MacOS/Python QuickWho
cd ../../../../


#copy the supporting libraries
for lib in scriptlibs/*
do
  echo "Copying $lib library..."
  cp -R -f $lib dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Frameworks/Tcl.framework/Versions/8.6/Resources/Scripts
done

#copy the supporting libraries
for lib in maclibs/*
do
  echo "Copying $lib library..."
  cp -R -f $lib dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Frameworks/Tcl.framework/Versions/8.6/Resources/Scripts
done




find dist/QuickWho.app  -name "*.a"  -exec rm -rf {} \;
find dist/QuickWho.app  -name "*debug"  -exec rm -rf {} \;
find dist/QuickWho.app  -name "*.sh"  -exec rm -rf {} \; 



find dist/QuickWho.app -type f -name "*.so"  -exec strip -x {} \;
find dist/QuickWho.app -type f -name "*.so"  -exec codesign --verbose --signature-size 9400 -f -s "Developer ID Application: Kevin Walzer" {} \;
find dist/QuickWho.app -type f -name "*.dylib"  -exec strip -x  {} \;
find dist/QuickWho.app -type f -name "*.dylib"  -exec codesign --verbose --signature-size 9400 -f -s "Developer ID Application: Kevin Walzer" {} \; 

codesign  --verbose --signature-size 9400 -f -s "Developer ID Application: Kevin Walzer" dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Frameworks/Tk.framework/Versions/8.6/Resources/Wish.app/Contents/MacOS/Wish
codesign  --verbose --signature-size 9400 -f -s "Developer ID Application: Kevin Walzer" dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Frameworks/Tk.framework/Versions/Current
codesign --verbose --signature-size 9400 -f -s "Developer ID Application: Kevin Walzer" dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Frameworks/Tcl.framework/Versions/Current
codesign --verbose --signature-size 9400 -f -s "Developer ID Application: Kevin Walzer" dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/Frameworks/Python.framework/Versions/Current
codesign  --verbose --signature-size 9400 -f -s "Developer ID Application: Kevin Walzer" dist/QuickWho.app/Contents/MacOS/_quickwho
xattr -cr dist/QuickWho.app


codesign  --signature-size 9400 -f -s "Developer ID Application: Kevin Walzer" --verbose=2  dist/QuickWho.app

cp readme.txt dist/readme.txt
cd dist
ln -s /Applications Applications
cd ../
 

echo "Creating and signing DMG file..."

hdiutil create  -srcfolder dist -fs HFS+ -volname QuickWho QuickWho.dmg

codesign  --signature-size 9400 -f -s "Developer ID Application: Kevin Walzer" --verbose=2  QuickWho.dmg

echo "Uploading DMG..."

upload QuickWho.dmg updates

upload quickwho-changes.tcl

upload quickwho-version.tcl


cd ../

#create archive of entire source tree
tar cvfz QuickWho-$1.tgz QuickWho

echo "Done."

#!/bin/sh

echo "Starting build process..."

if [ -a QuickWho.dmg ]
 then
    rm QuickWho.dmg
fi

if [ -a build ]
	then
	rm -rf build
fi

if [ -a build ]
then
    rm -rf build
fi


cat << EOT > Info.plist
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
<plist version="1.0">
<dict>
	<key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
	<string>English</string>
	<key>CFBundleDisplayName</key>
	<string>QuickWho</string>
	<key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
	<string>QuickWho</string>
	<key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key>
	<string>QuickWho $1</string>
	<key>CFBundleIconFile</key>
	<string>icon.icns</string>
	<key>CFBundleIdentifier</key>
	<string>com.codebykevin.quickwho</string>
	<key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
	<string>6.0</string>
	<key>CFBundleName</key>
	<string>QuickWho</string>
	<key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
................................................................................
	<key>LSApplicationCategoryType</key>
	<string>public.app-category.utilities</string>
	<key>LSArchitecturePriority</key>
	<string>x86_64</string>
	<key>LSHasLocalizedDisplayName</key>
	<false/>
	<key>LSMinimumSystemVersion</key>
	<string>10.15</string>
	<key>LSMinimumSystemVersionByArchitecture</key>
	<dict>
		<key>x86_64</key>
		<string>10.15</string>
	</dict>
	<key>NSAppleScriptEnabled</key>
	<string>YES</string>
	<key>NSHighResolutionCapable</key>
	<string>YES</string>
	<key>NSHumanReadableCopyright</key>
	<string>Copyright (c) 2020 WordTech Communications LLC</string>
	<key>NSMainNibFile</key>
	<string>MainMenu</string>
	<key>NSPrincipalClass</key>
	<string>NSApplication</string>
	<key>OSAScriptingDefinition</key>
	<string>Wish.sdef</string>
</dict>
</plist>
EOT

python3 setup.py bdist_mac








cp Info.plist build/QuickWho.app/Contents/Info.plist



















#copy the supporting libraries
for lib in scriptlibs/*
do
  echo "Copying $lib library..."
  cp -R -f $lib  build/QuickWho.app/Contents/lib/tk8.6
done

#copy the supporting libraries
for lib in maclibs/*
do
  echo "Copying $lib library..."
  cp -R -f $lib build/QuickWho.app/Contents/lib/tk8.6
done

rmdir build/QuickWho.app/Contents/Frameworks


find build/QuickWho.app  -name "*.a"  -exec rm -rf {} \;
find build/QuickWho.app  -name "*debug"  -exec rm -rf {} \;
find build/QuickWho.app  -name "*.sh"  -exec rm -rf {} \; 

xattr -cr build/QuickWho.app

find build/QuickWho.app -type f -name "*.so"  -exec strip -x {} \;
find build/QuickWho.app -type f -name "*.so"  -exec codesign --verbose --signature-size 9400 -f -s "Developer ID Application: Kevin Walzer" {} \;
find build/QuickWho.app -type f -name "*.dylib"  -exec strip -x  {} \;
find build/QuickWho.app -type f -name "*.dylib"  -exec codesign --verbose --signature-size 9400 -f -s "Developer ID Application: Kevin Walzer" {} \; 

codesign  --verbose --signature-size 9400 -f -s "Developer ID Application: Kevin Walzer" build/Quickwho.app/Contents/MacOS/Tk
codesign  --verbose --signature-size 9400 -f -s "Developer ID Application: Kevin Walzer" build/Quickwho.app/Contents/MacOS/Tcl
codesign --verbose --signature-size 9400 -f -s "Developer ID Application: Kevin Walzer" build/Quickwho.app/Contents/MacOS/Python
codesign --verbose --signature-size 9400 -f -s "Developer ID Application: Kevin Walzer" build/Quickwho.app/Contents/MacOS/QuickWho




codesign   --deep --signature-size 9400 -f -s "Developer ID Application: Kevin Walzer" --verbose=2  --entitlements entitlements.plist build/QuickWho.app

#cp readme.txt build/readme.txt
#cd build
#ln -s /Applications Applications
#cd ../
 

echo "Creating and signing DMG file..."

#hdiutil create  -srcfolder build -fs HFS+ -volname QuickWho QuickWho.dmg

#codesign  --signature-size 9400 -f -s "Developer ID Application: Kevin Walzer" --verbose=2  QuickWho.dmg

echo "Uploading DMG..."

#upload QuickWho.dmg updates

#upload quickwho-changes.tcl

#upload quickwho-version.tcl


#cd ../

#create archive of entire source tree
#tar cvfz QuickWho-$1.tgz QuickWho

echo "Done."

package ifneeded zlibtcl 1.2.8     [list load [file join $dir libzlibtcl1.2.8.dylib]]
package ifneeded pngtcl 1.4.12     [list load [file join $dir libpngtcl1.4.12.dylib]]
package ifneeded tifftcl 3.9.4     [list load [file join $dir libtifftcl3.9.4.dylib]]
package ifneeded jpegtcl 8.4     [list load [file join $dir libjpegtcl8.4.dylib]]
# -*- tcl -*- Tcl package index file
# --- --- --- Handcrafted, final generation by configure.
#
# $Id: pkgIndex.tcl.in 209 2009-03-03 17:19:05Z nijtmans $

package ifneeded img::base 1.4.2 [list load [file join $dir libtkimg1.4.2.dylib]]

# Compatibility hack. When asking for the old name of the package
# then load all format handlers and base libraries provided by tkImg.
# Actually we ask only for the format handlers, the required base
# packages will be loaded automatically through the usual package
# mechanism.

# When reading images without specifying it's format (option -format),
# the available formats are tried in reversed order as listed here.
# Therefore file formats with some "magic" identifier, which can be
# recognized safely, should be added at the end of this list.

package ifneeded Img 1.4.2 {
    package require img::window
    package require img::tga
    package require img::ico
    package require img::pcx
    package require img::sgi
    package require img::sun
    package require img::xbm
    package require img::xpm
    package require img::ps
    package require img::jpeg
    package require img::png
    package require img::tiff
    package require img::bmp
    package require img::ppm
    package require img::gif
    package require img::pixmap
    package provide Img 1.4.2
}

package ifneeded img::bmp 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimgbmp1.4.2.dylib]]
package ifneeded img::gif 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimggif1.4.2.dylib]]
package ifneeded img::ico 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimgico1.4.2.dylib]]
package ifneeded img::jpeg 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimgjpeg1.4.2.dylib]]
package ifneeded img::pcx 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimgpcx1.4.2.dylib]]
package ifneeded img::pixmap 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimgpixmap1.4.2.dylib]]
package ifneeded img::png 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimgpng1.4.2.dylib]]
package ifneeded img::ppm 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimgppm1.4.2.dylib]]
package ifneeded img::ps 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimgps1.4.2.dylib]]
package ifneeded img::sgi 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimgsgi1.4.2.dylib]]
package ifneeded img::sun 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimgsun1.4.2.dylib]]
package ifneeded img::tga 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimgtga1.4.2.dylib]]
package ifneeded img::tiff 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimgtiff1.4.2.dylib]]
package ifneeded img::window 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimgwindow1.4.2.dylib]]
package ifneeded img::xbm 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimgxbm1.4.2.dylib]]
package ifneeded img::xpm 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimgxpm1.4.2.dylib]]
package ifneeded img::dted 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimgdted1.4.2.dylib]]
package ifneeded img::raw 1.4.2     [list load [file join $dir libtkimgraw1.4.2.dylib]]

# Tcl package index file, version 1.1
# This file is generated by the "pkg_mkIndex" command
# and sourced either when an application starts up or
# by a "package unknown" script.  It invokes the
# "package ifneeded" command to set up package-related
# information so that packages will be loaded automatically
# in response to "package require" commands.  When this
# script is sourced, the variable $dir must contain the
# full path name of this file's directory.

package ifneeded regproc 1.4 [list source [file join $dir regproc.tcl]]

#regproc.tcl  routines to register serial numbers

#Copyright 2015 WordTech Communications LLC

#MIT license

package provide regproc 1.4
package require http
package require xplat

image create photo _unlock -data  {
    R0lGODlhGAAgAIABAAAAAP///yH+GkNyZWF0ZWQgd2l0aCBHSU1QIG9uIGEgTWFj
    ACH5BAEKAAEALAAAAAAYACAAAAJRjI+gq+jO4npQWmqsBvQenzBYVE1YQH7imWbm
    ib5xA89cPcp4uPX+DwwKh7SdbWXUGF2S5VHn6oBURWrL+lBmb6UrTpucfsE14u85
    tKZ5wkMBADs=
}

image create photo _check -data {
    R0lGODlhIAAaAIABAAQHB////yH+GkNyZWF0ZWQgd2l0aCBHSU1QIG9uIGEgTWFj
    ACH5BAEKAAEALAAAAAAgABoAAAJMjI+pCeuvgIR0yVtzuFxDDnoWGIoHWZobikUV
    2zLTA89yfLNjetY7iag1Ir4VzCFMfpI6ChOYeeJeTxVTZRBie6htEOrl2sJcsmVb
    AAA7
}


namespace eval regproc {

    if {![info exists library]} {
	variable library [file dirname [info script]]
    }
    variable datadir
    variable expired
    set expired 0


    #set the 30-day clock for application/version
    proc setClock {} {
	variable datadir 
	variable appname
	variable appversion
	variable appstore
	puts "datadir is $datadir"

	set launchTime [clock seconds]
	set saveTime [open $datadir/$appname$appversion.dat w]
	puts $saveTime $launchTime
	close $saveTime
    }

    #read the time set
    proc readClock {} {
	variable datadir 
	variable appstatus 
	variable expstatus 
	variable appname
	variable appversion
	variable appstore
	variable expired

	set curTime [clock seconds]
	set oldTime [read [open $datadir/$appname$appversion.dat r]]
	set expDate [clock scan "30 days" -base $oldTime]
	if {$curTime < $expDate } {
	    set expired 0
	    regproc::makePitch	
	} else {
	    set expired 1
	    regproc::expiredPitch
	}
    }
    
    #check to see if a time has been set
    proc checkClock {} {
	variable datadir 
	variable appname
	variable appversion
	variable appstore
	variable expired

	if {[file exists $datadir/.$appname$appversion.rc]} {
	    
	    catch "file rename $datadir/.$appname$appversion.rc $datadir/$appname$appversion.dat"
	    regproc::readClock
	    return
	}

	if  {![file exists  $datadir/$appname$appversion.dat]} {
	    regproc::setClock 
	    regproc::readClock
	} else {
	    regproc::readClock
	}
    }

    #dialog before demo has expired
    proc makePitch {} {
	variable version 
	variable appname
	variable appstore

	toplevel .purchase
	wm title .purchase "Purchase $appname"
	wm resizable .purchase 0 0

	wm withdraw .purchase
	wm transient .purchase .

	wm protocol .purchase WM_DELETE_WINDOW {}

	ttk::frame .purchase.top -padding 10
	pack .purchase.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
	ttk::label .purchase.top.label -text "You are currently using a demo of $appname. This version will give you the chance to try \n$appname free of charge for 30 days. Would you like to buy $appname now?" -image _unlock -compound left -anchor n 

	pack .purchase.top.label  -side top -fill x -expand yes

	ttk::frame .purchase.bottom -padding 5
	pack .purchase.bottom -side bottom -fill both -expand yes

	ttk::frame .purchase.bottom.upper
	pack .purchase.bottom.upper -side top -fill both -expand no


	ttk::frame .purchase.bottom.lower -padding 5
	pack .purchase.bottom.lower -side bottom -fill both -expand no

	ttk::button .purchase.bottom.lower.install -text "Purchase" -default active -command "xplat::launch  http://www.codebykevin.com/$appname.html; regproc::getReg; destroy .purchase"
	ttk::button .purchase.bottom.lower.cancel -text "Cancel" -command " destroy .purchase; raise ."
	pack  .purchase.bottom.lower.install .purchase.bottom.lower.cancel  -side right -fill both -expand no
	
	::tk::PlaceWindow .purchase widget .

	wm deiconify .purchase
	focus .purchase.bottom.lower.install

	if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
	    after idle [list after 0 wm attributes .purchase -notify 1]

	    bind all <FocusIn> [list add [list  wm attributes . -notify 0]]
	}

    }

    #dialog after demo has expired
    proc expiredPitch {} {
	variable version 
	variable appname
	variable appstore
	variable expired

	toplevel .expired
	wm title .expired "Purchase $appname"
	wm resizable .expired 0 0

	wm withdraw .expired
	wm transient .expired .

	wm protocol .expired WM_DELETE_WINDOW {}

	ttk::frame .expired.top -padding 10
	pack .expired.top -side top -fill both -expand yes
	ttk::label .expired.top.label -text "This demo of $appname is now expired. Would you like to buy $appname now?" -image _unlock -compound left -anchor n 

	pack .expired.top.label  -side top -fill x -expand yes

	ttk::frame .expired.bottom -padding 5
	pack .expired.bottom -side bottom -fill both -expand yes

	ttk::frame .expired.bottom.upper
	pack .expired.bottom.upper -side top -fill both -expand no


	ttk::frame .expired.bottom.lower -padding 5
	pack .expired.bottom.lower -side bottom -fill both -expand no

	ttk::button .expired.bottom.lower.install -text "Purchase" -default active -command "xplat::launch http://www.codebykevin.com/$appname.html; regproc::getReg; destroy .expired"
	ttk::button .expired.bottom.lower.cancel -text "Cancel" -command " destroy .expired; exit"
	pack  .expired.bottom.lower.install .expired.bottom.lower.cancel  -side right -fill both -expand no
	
	::tk::PlaceWindow .expired widget .

	wm deiconify .expired
	focus .expired.bottom.lower.install

	if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
	    after idle [list after 0 wm attributes .expired -notify 1]

	    bind all <FocusIn> [list add [list  wm attributes . -notify 0]]
	}
    }

    #check for license, validate if found, set demo pitch if not found
    proc readLic {application version} {

	variable serial 
	variable datadir
	variable appname
	variable appversion
	variable appstore

	set appname $application
	set appversion $version

	set datadir [xplat::appconfig $appname]

	if {[file exists $datadir/.lic] } {
	    file rename $datadir/.lic $datadir/lic.dat
	}

	if {[file exists $datadir/lic.dat]} {
	    
	    set licnum [open $datadir/lic.dat r]
	    set serial [read $licnum]
	    close $licnum
	    return
	} else {
	    set serial "Demo"
	    regproc::checkClock
	    
	}
    }


    #write license to file
    proc setLic {} {
	variable serial
	variable serialbase
	variable datadir
	variable appname
	variable regwindow
	variable appstore

	if {$serial == ""} {
	    tk_messageBox -icon warning -title "Incorrect Serial Number" -message "Incorrect Serial Number" -detail "Incorrect serial number. The application will exit now." -parent .number
	    exit
	}

	set count 20000

	for {set i 1} {$i < $count} {incr i 1} {

	    lappend serialbase [string toupper $appname]-[expr $i * 5]-[expr $i/11]-[expr $i - 1]-[string toupper [string trim [string range $appname 0 1]]]
	}
	

	set output [lsearch  -inline $serialbase $serial]
	puts $serial
	puts $output
	
	if {$output >= 0} {
	    cd $datadir
	    set lic [open $datadir/lic.dat w]
	    puts $lic "$serial"
	    close $lic
	    tk_messageBox -icon info -title "Thank You" -message "Thank You" -detail "Thank you for registering $appname." -parent .number
	    destroy .number
	    #display window that was hidden
	    catch {wm deiconify .}

	} else {
	    if {$expired == 1} {
		tk_messageBox -icon warning -title "Incorrect Serial Number" -message "Incorrect Serial Number" -detail "Incorrect serial number. The application will exit now." -parent .number
		exit
	    }
	    
	    tk_messageBox -icon warning -title "Incorrect Serial Number" -message "Incorrect Serial Number" -detail "Incorrect serial number. Please try again." -parent .number
	    regproc::getReg
	}
    }



    #generate license numbers
    proc genList {application} {

	variable appname
	variable regwindow
	variable appstore

	set appname $application

	set count 20000

	for {set i 1} {$i < $count} {incr i 1} {

	    lappend serialbase [string toupper $appname]-[expr $i * 5]-[expr $i/11]-[expr $i - 1]-[string toupper [string trim [string range $appname 0 1]]]
	}


	if [file exists  $::env(HOME)/[list $appname]-list] {
	    file delete  $::env(HOME)/[list $appname]-list
	}

	foreach item $serialbase {
	    split $item\n
	    set keylist [open $::env(HOME)/[list $appname]-list a]
	    puts $keylist $item
	    close $keylist
	}
    }

    #dialog to input registration number from demo prompt
    proc getReg {} {


	variable serial
	variable regwindow
	variable appstore
	variable expired
	variable appname

	toplevel .number
	wm title .number "License"
	wm resizable .number 0 0

	wm withdraw .number
	wm transient .number .

	wm protocol .number WM_DELETE_WINDOW {}

	ttk::frame .number.top -padding 10
	pack .number.top -side top -fill both -expand yes

	
	ttk::label .number.top.label -text "Please enter your serial number for $appname\nin the field below:" -image _check -compound left -anchor n -padding 10
	pack .number.top.label -side top -fill both -expand yes

	ttk::entry .number.top.entry -textvariable [namespace current]::serial
	pack .number.top.entry -side bottom -fill both -expand yes

	ttk::frame .number.bottom -padding 5
	pack .number.bottom -side bottom -fill both -expand yes

	ttk::frame .number.bottom.upper
	pack .number.bottom.upper -side top -fill both -expand no


	ttk::frame .number.bottom.lower -padding 5
	pack .number.bottom.lower -side bottom -fill both -expand no

	bind .number <Return> {regproc::setLic; destroy .number; raise .}
	ttk::button .number.bottom.lower.install -text "Register" -default active -command {regproc::setLic; destroy .number; raise .}
	ttk::button .number.bottom.lower.cancel -text "Cancel" -command "regproc::exitIfExpired; destroy .number; raise ."
	pack  .number.bottom.lower.install .number.bottom.lower.cancel  -side right -fill both -expand no
	
	::tk::PlaceWindow .number widget .

	wm deiconify .number
	focus .number.bottom.lower.install
	if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
	    after idle [list after 0 wm attributes .number -notify 1]
	    bind all <FocusIn>  [list  wm attributes . -notify 0]
	}
    }

    proc exitIfExpired {} {

	variable expired
	if {$expired == 1} {
	    exit
	} 

    }

    namespace export *
}

#
# Tcl package index file
#
package ifneeded aem 1.0 "
    package require Tk 8.5-
    if {\"AppKit\" ni \[winfo server .\]} {error {TkAqua Cocoa required}}
        load [list [file join $dir libaem1.0.dylib]] aem"

#
# Tcl package index file
#
package ifneeded tclservices 1.0 "
    package require Tk 8.5-
     [list load [file join $dir libtclservices1.0.dylib] tclservices]"

if {[package vsatisfies [package present Tcl] 8.5]} {
	package ifneeded tls 1.7.19 [list apply {{dir} {
		if {{shared} eq "static"} {
			load {} Tls
		} else {
			load [file join $dir tcltls.dylib] Tls
		}

		set tlsTclInitScript [file join $dir tls.tcl]
		if {[file exists $tlsTclInitScript]} {
			source $tlsTclInitScript
		}
	}} $dir]
} elseif {[package vsatisfies [package present Tcl] 8.4]} {
	package ifneeded tls 1.7.19 [list load [file join $dir tcltls.dylib] Tls]
}

#
# Tcl package index file
#
package ifneeded tkdnd 2.7 \
  "source \{$dir/tkdnd.tcl\} ; \
   tkdnd::initialise \{$dir\} libtkdnd2.7.dylib tkdnd"

#
# tkdnd.tcl --
#
#    This file implements some utility procedures that are used by the TkDND
#    package.
#
# This software is copyrighted by:
# George Petasis, National Centre for Scientific Research "Demokritos",
# Aghia Paraskevi, Athens, Greece.
# e-mail: petasis@iit.demokritos.gr
#
# The following terms apply to all files associated
# with the software unless explicitly disclaimed in individual files.
#
# The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
# and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
# that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
# notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,
# license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.
# Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors
# and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
# the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
# they apply.
#
# IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY
# FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
# ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR ANY
# DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
# POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#
# THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES,
# INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.  THIS SOFTWARE
# IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE
# NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR
# MODIFICATIONS.
#

package require Tk

namespace eval ::tkdnd {
  variable _topw ".drag"
  variable _tabops
  variable _state
  variable _x0
  variable _y0
  variable _platform_namespace
  variable _drop_file_temp_dir
  variable _auto_update 1

  variable _windowingsystem

  bind TkDND_Drag1 <ButtonPress-1> {tkdnd::_begin_drag press  1 %W %s %X %Y}
  bind TkDND_Drag1 <B1-Motion>     {tkdnd::_begin_drag motion 1 %W %s %X %Y}
  bind TkDND_Drag2 <ButtonPress-2> {tkdnd::_begin_drag press  2 %W %s %X %Y}
  bind TkDND_Drag2 <B2-Motion>     {tkdnd::_begin_drag motion 2 %W %s %X %Y}
  bind TkDND_Drag3 <ButtonPress-3> {tkdnd::_begin_drag press  3 %W %s %X %Y}
  bind TkDND_Drag3 <B3-Motion>     {tkdnd::_begin_drag motion 3 %W %s %X %Y}

  # ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  #  Command tkdnd::initialise: Initialise the TkDND package.
  # ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  proc initialise { dir PKG_LIB_FILE PACKAGE_NAME} {
    variable _platform_namespace
    variable _drop_file_temp_dir
    variable _windowingsystem
    global env

    switch [tk windowingsystem] {
      x11 {
        set _windowingsystem x11
      }
      win32 -
      windows {
        set _windowingsystem windows
      }
      aqua  {
        set _windowingsystem aqua
      }
      default {
        error "unknown Tk windowing system"
      }
    }

    ## Get User's home directory: We try to locate the proper path from a set of
    ## environmental variables...
    foreach var {HOME HOMEPATH USERPROFILE ALLUSERSPROFILE APPDATA} {
      if {[info exists env($var)]} {
        if {[file isdirectory $env($var)]} {
          set UserHomeDir $env($var)
          break
        }
      }
    }

    ## Should use [tk windowingsystem] instead of tcl platform array:
    ## OS X returns "unix," but that's not useful because it has its own
    ## windowing system, aqua
    ## Under windows we have to also combine HOMEDRIVE & HOMEPATH...
    if {![info exists UserHomeDir] &&
        [string equal $_windowingsystem windows] &&
        [info exists env(HOMEDRIVE)] && [info exists env(HOMEPATH)]} {
      if {[file isdirectory $env(HOMEDRIVE)$env(HOMEPATH)]} {
        set UserHomeDir $env(HOMEDRIVE)$env(HOMEPATH)
      }
    }
    ## Have we located the needed path?
    if {![info exists UserHomeDir]} {
      set UserHomeDir [pwd]
    }
    set UserHomeDir [file normalize $UserHomeDir]

    ## Try to locate a temporary directory...
    foreach var {TKDND_TEMP_DIR TEMP TMP} {
      if {[info exists env($var)]} {
        if {[file isdirectory $env($var)] && [file writable $env($var)]} {
          set _drop_file_temp_dir $env($var)
          break
        }
      }
    }
    if {![info exists _drop_file_temp_dir]} {
      foreach _dir [list "$UserHomeDir/Local Settings/Temp" \
                         "$UserHomeDir/AppData/Local/Temp" \
                         /tmp \
                         C:/WINDOWS/Temp C:/Temp C:/tmp \
                         D:/WINDOWS/Temp D:/Temp D:/tmp] {
        if {[file isdirectory $_dir] && [file writable $_dir]} {
          set _drop_file_temp_dir $_dir
          break
        }
      }
    }
    if {![info exists _drop_file_temp_dir]} {
      set _drop_file_temp_dir $UserHomeDir
    }
    set _drop_file_temp_dir [file native $_drop_file_temp_dir]

    source $dir/tkdnd_generic.tcl
    switch $_windowingsystem {
      x11 {
        source $dir/tkdnd_unix.tcl
        set _platform_namespace xdnd
      }
      win32 -
      windows {
        source $dir/tkdnd_windows.tcl
        set _platform_namespace olednd
      }
      aqua  {
        source $dir/tkdnd_macosx.tcl
        set _platform_namespace macdnd
      }
      default {
        error "unknown Tk windowing system"
      }
    }
    load $dir/$PKG_LIB_FILE $PACKAGE_NAME
    source $dir/tkdnd_compat.tcl
    ${_platform_namespace}::initialise
  };# initialise

  proc GetDropFileTempDirectory { } {
    variable _drop_file_temp_dir
    return $_drop_file_temp_dir
  }
  proc SetDropFileTempDirectory { dir } {
    variable _drop_file_temp_dir
    set _drop_file_temp_dir $dir
  }
 
};# namespace ::tkdnd

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command tkdnd::drag_source
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ::tkdnd::drag_source { mode path { types {} } { event 1 } } {
  set tags [bindtags $path]
  set idx  [lsearch $tags "TkDND_Drag*"]
  switch -- $mode {
    register {
      if { $idx != -1 } {
        bindtags $path [lreplace $tags $idx $idx TkDND_Drag$event]
      } else {
        bindtags $path [concat $tags TkDND_Drag$event]
      }
      set types [platform_specific_types $types]
      set old_types [bind $path <<DragSourceTypes>>]
      foreach type $types {
        if {[lsearch $old_types $type] < 0} {lappend old_types $type}
      }
      bind $path <<DragSourceTypes>> $old_types
    }
    unregister {
      if { $idx != -1 } {
        bindtags $path [lreplace $tags $idx $idx]
      }
    }
  }
};# tkdnd::drag_source

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command tkdnd::drop_target
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ::tkdnd::drop_target { mode path { types {} } } {
  variable _windowingsystem
  set types [platform_specific_types $types]
  switch -- $mode {
    register {
      switch $_windowingsystem {
        x11 {
          _register_types $path [winfo toplevel $path] $types
        }
        win32 -
        windows {
          _RegisterDragDrop $path
          bind <Destroy> $path {+ tkdnd::_RevokeDragDrop %W}
        }
        aqua {
          macdnd::registerdragwidget [winfo toplevel $path] $types
        }
        default {
          error "unknown Tk windowing system"
        }
      }
      set old_types [bind $path <<DropTargetTypes>>]
      set new_types {}
      foreach type $types {
        if {[lsearch -exact $old_types $type] < 0} {lappend new_types $type}
      }
      if {[llength $new_types]} {
        bind $path <<DropTargetTypes>> [concat $old_types $new_types]
      }
    }
    unregister {
      switch $_windowingsystem {
        x11 {
        }
        win32 -
        windows {
          _RevokeDragDrop $path
        }
        aqua {
          error todo
        }
        default {
          error "unknown Tk windowing system"
        }
      }
      bind $path <<DropTargetTypes>> {}
    }
  }
};# tkdnd::drop_target

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command tkdnd::_begin_drag
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ::tkdnd::_begin_drag { event button source state X Y } {
  variable _x0
  variable _y0
  variable _state

  switch -- $event {
    press {
      set _x0    $X
      set _y0    $Y
      set _state "press"
    }
    motion {
      if { ![info exists _state] } {
        # This is just extra protection. There seem to be
        # rare cases where the motion comes before the press.
        return
      }
      if { [string equal $_state "press"] } {
        if { abs($_x0-$X) > 3 || abs($_y0-$Y) > 3 } {
          set _state "done"
          _init_drag $button $source $state $X $Y
        }
      }
    }
  }
};# tkdnd::_begin_drag

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command tkdnd::_init_drag
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ::tkdnd::_init_drag { button source state rootX rootY } {
  # Call the <<DragInitCmd>> binding.
  set cmd [bind $source <<DragInitCmd>>]
  if {[string length $cmd]} {
    set cmd [string map [list %W $source %X $rootX %Y $rootY \
                              %S $state  %e <<DragInitCmd>> %A \{\} \
                              %t [bind $source <<DragSourceTypes>>]] $cmd]
    set info [uplevel \#0 $cmd]
    set len [llength $info]
    if {$len == 3} {
      foreach { actions types _data } $info { break }
      set types [platform_specific_types $types]
      set data [list]
      foreach type $types {
        lappend data $_data
      }
      unset _data
    } elseif {$len == 2} {
      foreach { actions _data } $info { break }
      set data [list]; set types [list]
      foreach {t d} $_data {
        foreach t [platform_specific_types $t] {
          lappend types $t; lappend data $d
        }
      }
      unset _data t d
    } else {
      error "not enough items in the result of the <<DragInitCmd>>\
             event binding. Either 2 or 3 items are expected."
    }
    set action refuse_drop
    variable _windowingsystem
    switch $_windowingsystem {
      x11 {
        set action [xdnd::_dodragdrop $source $actions $types $data $button]
      }
      win32 -
      windows {
        set action [_DoDragDrop $source $actions $types $data $button]
      }
      aqua {
        set action [macdnd::dodragdrop $source $actions $types $data $button]
      }
      default {
        error "unknown Tk windowing system"
      }
    }
    ## Call _end_drag to notify the widget of the result of the drag
    ## operation...
    _end_drag $button $source {} $action {} $data {} $state $rootX $rootY
  }
};# tkdnd::_init_drag

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command tkdnd::_end_drag
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ::tkdnd::_end_drag { button source target action type data result
                          state rootX rootY } {
  set rootX 0
  set rootY 0
  # Call the <<DragEndCmd>> binding.
  set cmd [bind $source <<DragEndCmd>>]
  if {[string length $cmd]} {
    set cmd [string map [list %W $source %X $rootX %Y $rootY \
                              %S $state %e <<DragEndCmd>> %A \{$action\}] $cmd]
    set info [uplevel \#0 $cmd]
    # if { $info != "" } {
    #   variable _windowingsystem
    #   foreach { actions types data } $info { break }
    #   set types [platform_specific_types $types]
    #   switch $_windowingsystem {
    #     x11 {
    #       error "dragging from Tk widgets not yet supported"
    #     }
    #     win32 -
    #     windows {
    #       set action [_DoDragDrop $source $actions $types $data $button]
    #     }
    #     aqua {
    #       macdnd::dodragdrop $source $actions $types $data
    #     }
    #     default {
    #       error "unknown Tk windowing system"
    #     }
    #   }
    #   ## Call _end_drag to notify the widget of the result of the drag
    #   ## operation...
    #   _end_drag $button $source {} $action {} $data {} $state $rootX $rootY
    # }
  }
};# tkdnd::_end_drag

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command tkdnd::platform_specific_types
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ::tkdnd::platform_specific_types { types } {
  variable _platform_namespace
  ${_platform_namespace}::platform_specific_types $types
}; # tkdnd::platform_specific_types

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command tkdnd::platform_independent_types
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ::tkdnd::platform_independent_types { types } {
  variable _platform_namespace
  ${_platform_namespace}::platform_independent_types $types
}; # tkdnd::platform_independent_types

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command tkdnd::platform_specific_type
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ::tkdnd::platform_specific_type { type } {
  variable _platform_namespace
  ${_platform_namespace}::platform_specific_type $type
}; # tkdnd::platform_specific_type

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command tkdnd::platform_independent_type
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ::tkdnd::platform_independent_type { type } {
  variable _platform_namespace
  ${_platform_namespace}::platform_independent_type $type
}; # tkdnd::platform_independent_type

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command tkdnd::bytes_to_string
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ::tkdnd::bytes_to_string { bytes } {
  set string {}
  foreach byte $bytes {
    append string [binary format c $byte]
  }
  return $string
};# tkdnd::bytes_to_string

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command tkdnd::urn_unquote
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ::tkdnd::urn_unquote {url} {
  set result ""
  set start 0
  while {[regexp -start $start -indices {%[0-9a-fA-F]{2}} $url match]} {
    foreach {first last} $match break
    append result [string range $url $start [expr {$first - 1}]]
    append result [format %c 0x[string range $url [incr first] $last]]
    set start [incr last]
  }
  append result [string range $url $start end]
  return $result
};# tkdnd::urn_unquote

#
# tkdnd_compat.tcl --
# 
#    This file implements some utility procedures, to support older versions
#    of the TkDND package.
#
# This software is copyrighted by:
# George Petasis, National Centre for Scientific Research "Demokritos",
# Aghia Paraskevi, Athens, Greece.
# e-mail: petasis@iit.demokritos.gr
#
# The following terms apply to all files associated
# with the software unless explicitly disclaimed in individual files.
#
# The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
# and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
# that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
# notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,
# license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.
# Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors
# and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
# the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
# they apply.
# 
# IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY
# FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
# ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR ANY
# DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
# POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
# 
# THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES,
# INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.  THIS SOFTWARE
# IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE
# NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR
# MODIFICATIONS.
#

namespace eval compat {

};# namespace compat

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command ::dnd
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ::dnd {method window args} {
  switch $method {
    bindtarget {
      switch [llength $args] {
        0 {return [tkdnd::compat::bindtarget0 $window]}
        1 {return [tkdnd::compat::bindtarget1 $window [lindex $args 0]]}
        2 {return [tkdnd::compat::bindtarget2 $window [lindex $args 0] \
                                                      [lindex $args 1]]}
        3 {return [tkdnd::compat::bindtarget3 $window [lindex $args 0] \
                                     [lindex $args 1] [lindex $args 2]]}
        4 {return [tkdnd::compat::bindtarget4 $window [lindex $args 0] \
                    [lindex $args 1] [lindex $args 2] [lindex $args 3]]}
      }
    }
    cleartarget {
      return [tkdnd::compat::cleartarget $window]
    }
    bindsource {
      switch [llength $args] {
        0 {return [tkdnd::compat::bindsource0 $window]}
        1 {return [tkdnd::compat::bindsource1 $window [lindex $args 0]]}
        2 {return [tkdnd::compat::bindsource2 $window [lindex $args 0] \
                                                      [lindex $args 1]]}
        3 {return [tkdnd::compat::bindsource3 $window [lindex $args 0] \
                                     [lindex $args 1] [lindex $args 2]]}
      }
    }
    clearsource {
      return [tkdnd::compat::clearsource $window]
    }
    drag {
      return [tkdnd::_init_drag $window "press" 0 0]
    }
  }
  error "invalid number of arguments!"
};# ::dnd

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command compat::bindtarget
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc compat::bindtarget0 {window} {
  return [bind $window <<DropTargetTypes>>]
};# compat::bindtarget0

proc compat::bindtarget1 {window type} {
  return [bindtarget2 $window $type <Drop>]
};# compat::bindtarget1

proc compat::bindtarget2 {window type event} {
  switch $event {
    <DragEnter> {return [bind $window <<DropEnter>>]}
    <Drag>      {return [bind $window <<DropPosition>>]}
    <DragLeave> {return [bind $window <<DropLeave>>]}
    <Drop>      {return [bind $window <<Drop>>]}
  }
};# compat::bindtarget2

proc compat::bindtarget3 {window type event script} {
  set type [normalise_type $type]
  ::tkdnd::drop_target register $window [list $type]
  switch $event {
    <DragEnter> {return [bind $window <<DropEnter>> $script]}
    <Drag>      {return [bind $window <<DropPosition>> $script]}
    <DragLeave> {return [bind $window <<DropLeave>> $script]}
    <Drop>      {return [bind $window <<Drop>> $script]}
  }
};# compat::bindtarget3

proc compat::bindtarget4 {window type event script priority} {
  return [bindtarget3 $window $type $event $script]
};# compat::bindtarget4

proc compat::normalise_type { type } {
  switch $type {
    text/plain -
    {text/plain;charset=UTF-8} -
    Text                       {return DND_Text}
    text/uri-list -
    Files                      {return DND_Files}
    default                    {return $type}
  }
};# compat::normalise_type

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command compat::bindsource
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc compat::bindsource0 {window} {
  return [bind $window <<DropTargetTypes>>]
};# compat::bindsource0

proc compat::bindsource1 {window type} {
  return [bindsource2 $window $type <Drop>]
};# compat::bindsource1

proc compat::bindsource2 {window type script} {
  ::tkdnd::drag_source register $window $type 2
  bind $window <<DragInitCmd>> "list {copy} %t \[$script\]"
};# compat::bindsource2

proc compat::bindsource3 {window type script priority} {
  return [bindsource2 $window $type $script]
};# compat::bindsource3

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command compat::cleartarget
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc compat::cleartarget {window} {
};# compat::cleartarget

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command compat::clearsource
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc compat::clearsource {window} {
};# compat::clearsource

#
# tkdnd_generic.tcl --
#
#    This file implements some utility procedures that are used by the TkDND
#    package.
#
# This software is copyrighted by:
# George Petasis, National Centre for Scientific Research "Demokritos",
# Aghia Paraskevi, Athens, Greece.
# e-mail: petasis@iit.demokritos.gr
#
# The following terms apply to all files associated
# with the software unless explicitly disclaimed in individual files.
#
# The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
# and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
# that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
# notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,
# license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.
# Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors
# and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
# the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
# they apply.
#
# IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY
# FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
# ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR ANY
# DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
# POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#
# THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES,
# INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.  THIS SOFTWARE
# IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE
# NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR
# MODIFICATIONS.
#

namespace eval generic {
  variable _types {}
  variable _typelist {}
  variable _codelist {}
  variable _actionlist {}
  variable _pressedkeys {}
  variable _action {}
  variable _common_drag_source_types {}
  variable _common_drop_target_types {}
  variable _drag_source {}
  variable _drop_target {}

  variable _last_mouse_root_x 0
  variable _last_mouse_root_y 0

  variable _tkdnd2platform
  variable _platform2tkdnd

  proc debug {msg} {
    puts $msg
  };# debug

  proc initialise { } {
  };# initialise

  proc initialise_platform_to_tkdnd_types { types } {
    variable _platform2tkdnd
    variable _tkdnd2platform
    set _platform2tkdnd [dict create {*}$types]
    set _tkdnd2platform [dict create]
    foreach type [dict keys $_platform2tkdnd] {
      dict lappend _tkdnd2platform [dict get $_platform2tkdnd $type] $type
    }
  };# initialise_platform_to_tkdnd_types

  proc initialise_tkdnd_to_platform_types { types } {
    variable _tkdnd2platform
    set _tkdnd2platform [dict create {*}$types]
  };# initialise_tkdnd_to_platform_types

};# namespace generic

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command generic::HandleEnter
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc generic::HandleEnter { drop_target drag_source typelist codelist
                            actionlist pressedkeys } {
  variable _typelist;                 set _typelist    $typelist
  variable _pressedkeys;              set _pressedkeys $pressedkeys
  variable _action;                   set _action      refuse_drop
  variable _common_drag_source_types; set _common_drag_source_types {}
  variable _common_drop_target_types; set _common_drop_target_types {}
  variable _actionlist
  variable _drag_source;              set _drag_source $drag_source
  variable _drop_target;              set _drop_target {}
  variable _actionlist;               set _actionlist  $actionlist
  variable _codelist                  set _codelist    $codelist

  variable _last_mouse_root_x;        set _last_mouse_root_x 0
  variable _last_mouse_root_y;        set _last_mouse_root_y 0
  # debug "\n==============================================================="
  # debug "generic::HandleEnter: drop_target=$drop_target,\
  #        drag_source=$drag_source,\
  #        typelist=$typelist"
  # debug "generic::HandleEnter: ACTION: default"
  return default
};# generic::HandleEnter

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command generic::HandlePosition
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc generic::HandlePosition { drop_target drag_source pressedkeys
                               rootX rootY } {
  variable _types
  variable _typelist
  variable _codelist
  variable _actionlist
  variable _pressedkeys
  variable _action
  variable _common_drag_source_types
  variable _common_drop_target_types
  variable _drag_source
  variable _drop_target

  variable _last_mouse_root_x;        set _last_mouse_root_x $rootX
  variable _last_mouse_root_y;        set _last_mouse_root_y $rootY

  # debug "generic::HandlePosition: drop_target=$drop_target,\
  #            _drop_target=$_drop_target, rootX=$rootX, rootY=$rootY"

  if {![info exists _drag_source] && ![string length $_drag_source]} {
    # debug "generic::HandlePosition: no or empty _drag_source:\
    #               return refuse_drop"
    return refuse_drop
  }

  if {$drag_source ne "" && $drag_source ne $_drag_source} {
    debug "generic position event from unexpected source: $_drag_source\
           != $drag_source"
    return refuse_drop
  }

  set _pressedkeys $pressedkeys

  ## Does the new drop target support any of our new types?
  # foreach {common_drag_source_types common_drop_target_types} \
  #         [GetWindowCommonTypes $drop_target $_typelist] {break}
  foreach {drop_target common_drag_source_types common_drop_target_types} \
          [FindWindowWithCommonTypes $drop_target $_typelist] {break}

  # debug "\t($_drop_target) -> ($drop_target)"
  if {$drop_target != $_drop_target} {
    if {[string length $_drop_target]} {
      ## Call the <<DropLeave>> event.
      # debug "\t<<DropLeave>> on $_drop_target"
      set cmd [bind $_drop_target <<DropLeave>>]
      if {[string length $cmd]} {
        set cmd [string map [list %W $_drop_target %X $rootX %Y $rootY \
          %CST \{$_common_drag_source_types\} \
          %CTT \{$_common_drop_target_types\} \
          %CPT \{[lindex [platform_independent_type [lindex $_common_drag_source_types 0]] 0]\} \
          %ST  \{$_typelist\}    %TT \{$_types\} \
          %A   \{$_action\}      %a \{$_actionlist\} \
          %b   \{$_pressedkeys\} %m \{$_pressedkeys\} \
          %D   \{\}              %e <<DropLeave>> \
          %L   \{$_typelist\}    %% % \
          %t   \{$_typelist\}    %T  \{[lindex $_common_drag_source_types 0]\} \
          %c   \{$_codelist\}    %C  \{[lindex $_codelist 0]\} \
          ] $cmd]
        uplevel \#0 $cmd
      }
    }
    set _drop_target $drop_target
    set _action      refuse_drop

    if {[llength $common_drag_source_types]} {
      set _action [lindex $_actionlist 0]
      set _common_drag_source_types $common_drag_source_types
      set _common_drop_target_types $common_drop_target_types
      ## Drop target supports at least one type. Send a <<DropEnter>>.
      # puts "<<DropEnter>> -> $drop_target"
      set cmd [bind $drop_target <<DropEnter>>]
      if {[string length $cmd]} {
        focus $drop_target
        set cmd [string map [list %W $drop_target %X $rootX %Y $rootY \
          %CST \{$_common_drag_source_types\} \
          %CTT \{$_common_drop_target_types\} \
          %CPT \{[lindex [platform_independent_type [lindex $_common_drag_source_types 0]] 0]\} \
          %ST  \{$_typelist\}    %TT \{$_types\} \
          %A   $_action          %a  \{$_actionlist\} \
          %b   \{$_pressedkeys\} %m  \{$_pressedkeys\} \
          %D   \{\}              %e  <<DropEnter>> \
          %L   \{$_typelist\}    %%  % \
          %t   \{$_typelist\}    %T  \{[lindex $_common_drag_source_types 0]\} \
          %c   \{$_codelist\}    %C  \{[lindex $_codelist 0]\} \
          ] $cmd]
        set _action [uplevel \#0 $cmd]
        switch -exact -- $_action {
          copy - move - link - ask - private - refuse_drop - default {}
          default {set _action copy}
        }
      }
    }
  }

  set _drop_target {}
  if {[llength $common_drag_source_types]} {
    set _common_drag_source_types $common_drag_source_types
    set _common_drop_target_types $common_drop_target_types
    set _drop_target $drop_target
    ## Drop target supports at least one type. Send a <<DropPosition>>.
    set cmd [bind $drop_target <<DropPosition>>]
    if {[string length $cmd]} {
      set cmd [string map [list %W $drop_target %X $rootX %Y $rootY \
        %CST \{$_common_drag_source_types\} \
        %CTT \{$_common_drop_target_types\} \
        %CPT \{[lindex [platform_independent_type [lindex $_common_drag_source_types 0]] 0]\} \
        %ST  \{$_typelist\}    %TT \{$_types\} \
        %A   $_action          %a  \{$_actionlist\} \
        %b   \{$_pressedkeys\} %m  \{$_pressedkeys\} \
        %D   \{\}              %e  <<DropPosition>> \
        %L   \{$_typelist\}    %%  % \
        %t   \{$_typelist\}    %T  \{[lindex $_common_drag_source_types 0]\} \
        %c   \{$_codelist\}    %C  \{[lindex $_codelist 0]\} \
        ] $cmd]
      set _action [uplevel \#0 $cmd]
    }
  }
  # Return values: copy, move, link, ask, private, refuse_drop, default
  # debug "generic::HandlePosition: ACTION: $_action"
  switch -exact -- $_action {
    copy - move - link - ask - private - refuse_drop - default {}
    default {set _action copy}
  }
  return $_action
};# generic::HandlePosition

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command generic::HandleLeave
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc generic::HandleLeave { } {
  variable _types
  variable _typelist
  variable _codelist
  variable _actionlist
  variable _pressedkeys
  variable _action
  variable _common_drag_source_types
  variable _common_drop_target_types
  variable _drag_source
  variable _drop_target
  variable _last_mouse_root_x
  variable _last_mouse_root_y
  if {![info exists _drop_target]} {set _drop_target {}}
  # debug "generic::HandleLeave: _drop_target=$_drop_target"
  if {[info exists _drop_target] && [string length $_drop_target]} {
    set cmd [bind $_drop_target <<DropLeave>>]
    if {[string length $cmd]} {
      set cmd [string map [list %W $_drop_target \
        %X $_last_mouse_root_x %Y $_last_mouse_root_y \
        %CST \{$_common_drag_source_types\} \
        %CTT \{$_common_drop_target_types\} \
        %CPT \{[lindex [platform_independent_type [lindex $_common_drag_source_types 0]] 0]\} \
        %ST  \{$_typelist\}    %TT \{$_types\} \
        %A   \{$_action\}      %a  \{$_actionlist\} \
        %b   \{$_pressedkeys\} %m  \{$_pressedkeys\} \
        %D   \{\}              %e  <<DropLeave>> \
        %L   \{$_typelist\}    %%  % \
        %t   \{$_typelist\}    %T  \{[lindex $_common_drag_source_types 0]\} \
        %c   \{$_codelist\}    %C  \{[lindex $_codelist 0]\} \
        ] $cmd]
      set _action [uplevel \#0 $cmd]
    }
  }
  foreach var {_types _typelist _actionlist _pressedkeys _action
               _common_drag_source_types _common_drop_target_types
               _drag_source _drop_target} {
    set $var {}
  }
};# generic::HandleLeave

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command generic::HandleDrop
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc generic::HandleDrop {drop_target drag_source pressedkeys rootX rootY time } {
  variable _types
  variable _typelist
  variable _codelist
  variable _actionlist
  variable _pressedkeys
  variable _action
  variable _common_drag_source_types
  variable _common_drop_target_types
  variable _drag_source
  variable _drop_target
  variable _last_mouse_root_x
  variable _last_mouse_root_y
  variable _last_mouse_root_x;        set _last_mouse_root_x $rootX
  variable _last_mouse_root_y;        set _last_mouse_root_y $rootY

  set _pressedkeys $pressedkeys

  # puts "generic::HandleDrop: $time"

  if {![info exists _drag_source] && ![string length $_drag_source]} {
    return refuse_drop
  }
  if {![info exists _drop_target] && ![string length $_drop_target]} {
    return refuse_drop
  }
  if {![llength $_common_drag_source_types]} {return refuse_drop}
  ## Get the dropped data.
  set data [GetDroppedData $time]
  ## Try to select the most specific <<Drop>> event.
  foreach type [concat $_common_drag_source_types $_common_drop_target_types] {
    set type [platform_independent_type $type]
    set cmd [bind $_drop_target <<Drop:$type>>]
    if {[string length $cmd]} {
      set cmd [string map [list %W $_drop_target %X $rootX %Y $rootY \
        %CST \{$_common_drag_source_types\} \
        %CTT \{$_common_drop_target_types\} \
        %CPT \{[lindex [platform_independent_type [lindex $_common_drag_source_types 0]] 0]\} \
        %ST  \{$_typelist\}    %TT \{$_types\} \
        %A   $_action          %a \{$_actionlist\} \
        %b   \{$_pressedkeys\} %m \{$_pressedkeys\} \
        %D   [list $data]      %e <<Drop:$type>> \
        %L   \{$_typelist\}    %% % \
        %t   \{$_typelist\}    %T  \{[lindex $_common_drag_source_types 0]\} \
        %c   \{$_codelist\}    %C  \{[lindex $_codelist 0]\} \
        ] $cmd]
      set _action [uplevel \#0 $cmd]
      # Return values: copy, move, link, ask, private, refuse_drop
      switch -exact -- $_action {
        copy - move - link - ask - private - refuse_drop - default {}
        default {set _action copy}
      }
      return $_action
    }
  }
  set cmd [bind $_drop_target <<Drop>>]
  if {[string length $cmd]} {
    set cmd [string map [list %W $_drop_target %X $rootX %Y $rootY \
      %CST \{$_common_drag_source_types\} \
      %CTT \{$_common_drop_target_types\} \
      %CPT \{[lindex [platform_independent_type [lindex $_common_drag_source_types 0]] 0]\} \
      %ST  \{$_typelist\}    %TT \{$_types\} \
      %A   $_action          %a \{$_actionlist\} \
      %b   \{$_pressedkeys\} %m \{$_pressedkeys\} \
      %D   [list $data]      %e <<Drop>> \
      %L   \{$_typelist\}    %% % \
      %t   \{$_typelist\}    %T  \{[lindex $_common_drag_source_types 0]\} \
      %c   \{$_codelist\}    %C  \{[lindex $_codelist 0]\} \
      ] $cmd]
    set _action [uplevel \#0 $cmd]
  }
  # Return values: copy, move, link, ask, private, refuse_drop
  switch -exact -- $_action {
    copy - move - link - ask - private - refuse_drop - default {}
    default {set _action copy}
  }
  return $_action
};# generic::HandleDrop

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command generic::GetWindowCommonTypes
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc generic::GetWindowCommonTypes { win typelist } {
  set types [bind $win <<DropTargetTypes>>]
  # debug ">> Accepted types: $win $_types"
  set common_drag_source_types {}
  set common_drop_target_types {}
  if {[llength $types]} {
    ## Examine the drop target types, to find at least one match with the drag
    ## source types...
    set supported_types [supported_types $typelist]
    foreach type $types {
      foreach matched [lsearch -glob -all -inline $supported_types $type] {
        ## Drop target supports this type.
        lappend common_drag_source_types $matched
        lappend common_drop_target_types $type
      }
    }
  }
  list $common_drag_source_types $common_drop_target_types
};# generic::GetWindowCommonTypes

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command generic::FindWindowWithCommonTypes
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc generic::FindWindowWithCommonTypes { win typelist } {
  set toplevel [winfo toplevel $win]
  while {![string equal $win $toplevel]} {
    foreach {common_drag_source_types common_drop_target_types} \
            [GetWindowCommonTypes $win $typelist] {break}
    if {[llength $common_drag_source_types]} {
      return [list $win $common_drag_source_types $common_drop_target_types]
    }
    set win [winfo parent $win]
  }
  return { {} {} {} }
};# generic::FindWindowWithCommonTypes

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command generic::GetDroppedData
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc generic::GetDroppedData { time } {
  variable _dropped_data
  return  $_dropped_data
};# generic::GetDroppedData

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command generic::SetDroppedData
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc generic::SetDroppedData { data } {
  variable _dropped_data
  set _dropped_data $data
};# generic::SetDroppedData

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command generic::GetDragSource
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc generic::GetDragSource { } {
  variable _drag_source
  return  $_drag_source
};# generic::GetDragSource

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command generic::GetDropTarget
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc generic::GetDropTarget { } {
  variable _drop_target
  return $_drop_target
};# generic::GetDropTarget

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command generic::GetDragSourceCommonTypes
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc generic::GetDragSourceCommonTypes { } {
  variable _common_drag_source_types
  return  $_common_drag_source_types
};# generic::GetDragSourceCommonTypes

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command generic::GetDropTargetCommonTypes
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc generic::GetDropTargetCommonTypes { } {
  variable _common_drag_source_types
  return  $_common_drag_source_types
};# generic::GetDropTargetCommonTypes

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command generic::platform_specific_types
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc generic::platform_specific_types { types } {
  set new_types {}
  foreach type $types {
    set new_types [concat $new_types [platform_specific_type $type]]
  }
  return $new_types
}; # generic::platform_specific_types

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command generic::platform_specific_type
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc generic::platform_specific_type { type } {
  variable _tkdnd2platform
  if {[dict exists $_tkdnd2platform $type]} {
    return [dict get $_tkdnd2platform $type]
  }
  list $type
}; # generic::platform_specific_type

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command tkdnd::platform_independent_types
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ::tkdnd::platform_independent_types { types } {
  set new_types {}
  foreach type $types {
    set new_types [concat $new_types [platform_independent_type $type]]
  }
  return $new_types
}; # tkdnd::platform_independent_types

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command generic::platform_independent_type
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc generic::platform_independent_type { type } {
  variable _platform2tkdnd
  if {[dict exists $_platform2tkdnd $type]} {
    return [dict get $_platform2tkdnd $type]
  }
  return $type
}; # generic::platform_independent_type

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command generic::supported_types
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc generic::supported_types { types } {
  set new_types {}
  foreach type $types {
    if {[supported_type $type]} {lappend new_types $type}
  }
  return $new_types
}; # generic::supported_types

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command generic::supported_type
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc generic::supported_type { type } {
  variable _platform2tkdnd
  if {[dict exists $_platform2tkdnd $type]} {
    return 1
  }
  return 0
}; # generic::supported_type

#
# tkdnd_macosx.tcl --
#
#    This file implements some utility procedures that are used by the TkDND
#    package.

#   This software is copyrighted by:
#   Georgios Petasis, Athens, Greece.
#   e-mail: petasisg@yahoo.gr, petasis@iit.demokritos.gr
#
#   Mac portions (c) 2009 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC,
#   kw@codebykevin.com
#
#
# The following terms apply to all files associated
# with the software unless explicitly disclaimed in individual files.
#
# The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
# and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
# that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
# notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,
# license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.
# Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors
# and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
# the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
# they apply.
#
# IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY
# FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
# ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR ANY
# DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
# POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#
# THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES,
# INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.  THIS SOFTWARE
# IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE
# NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR
# MODIFICATIONS.
#

#basic API for Mac Drag and Drop

#two data types supported: strings and file paths

#two commands at C level: ::tkdnd::macdnd::registerdragwidget, ::tkdnd::macdnd::unregisterdragwidget

#data retrieval mechanism: text or file paths are copied from drag clipboard to system clipboard and retrieved via [clipboard get]; array of file paths is converted to single tab-separated string, can be split into Tcl list

if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua" && "AppKit" ni [winfo server .]} {
  error {TkAqua Cocoa required}
}

namespace eval macdnd {

  proc initialise { } {
     ## Mapping from platform types to TkDND types...
    ::tkdnd::generic::initialise_platform_to_tkdnd_types [list \
       NSPasteboardTypeString  DND_Text  \
       NSFilenamesPboardType   DND_Files \
       NSPasteboardTypeHTML    DND_HTML  \
    ]
  };# initialise

};# namespace macdnd

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command macdnd::HandleEnter
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc macdnd::HandleEnter { path drag_source typelist } {
  variable _pressedkeys
  variable _actionlist
  set _pressedkeys 1
  set _actionlist  { copy move link ask private }
  ::tkdnd::generic::HandleEnter $path $drag_source $typelist $typelist \
           $_actionlist $_pressedkeys
};# macdnd::HandleEnter

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command macdnd::HandlePosition
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc macdnd::HandlePosition { drop_target rootX rootY {drag_source {}} } {
  variable _pressedkeys
  variable _last_mouse_root_x; set _last_mouse_root_x $rootX
  variable _last_mouse_root_y; set _last_mouse_root_y $rootY
  ::tkdnd::generic::HandlePosition $drop_target $drag_source \
                                   $_pressedkeys $rootX $rootY
};# macdnd::HandlePosition

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command macdnd::HandleLeave
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc macdnd::HandleLeave { args } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::HandleLeave
};# macdnd::HandleLeave

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command macdnd::HandleDrop
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc macdnd::HandleDrop { drop_target data args } {
  variable _pressedkeys
  variable _last_mouse_root_x
  variable _last_mouse_root_y
  ## Get the dropped data...
  ::tkdnd::generic::SetDroppedData $data
  ::tkdnd::generic::HandleDrop {} {} $_pressedkeys \
                               $_last_mouse_root_x $_last_mouse_root_y 0
};# macdnd::HandleDrop

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command macdnd::GetDragSourceCommonTypes
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc macdnd::GetDragSourceCommonTypes { } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::GetDragSourceCommonTypes
};# macdnd::GetDragSourceCommonTypes

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command macdnd::platform_specific_types
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc macdnd::platform_specific_types { types } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::platform_specific_types $types
}; # macdnd::platform_specific_types

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command macdnd::platform_specific_type
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc macdnd::platform_specific_type { type } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::platform_specific_type $type
}; # macdnd::platform_specific_type

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command tkdnd::platform_independent_types
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ::tkdnd::platform_independent_types { types } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::platform_independent_types $types
}; # tkdnd::platform_independent_types

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command macdnd::platform_independent_type
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc macdnd::platform_independent_type { type } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::platform_independent_type $type
}; # macdnd::platform_independent_type

#
# tkdnd_unix.tcl --
#
#    This file implements some utility procedures that are used by the TkDND
#    package.
#
# This software is copyrighted by:
# George Petasis, National Centre for Scientific Research "Demokritos",
# Aghia Paraskevi, Athens, Greece.
# e-mail: petasis@iit.demokritos.gr
#
# The following terms apply to all files associated
# with the software unless explicitly disclaimed in individual files.
#
# The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
# and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
# that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
# notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,
# license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.
# Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors
# and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
# the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
# they apply.
#
# IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY
# FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
# ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR ANY
# DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
# POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#
# THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES,
# INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.  THIS SOFTWARE
# IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE
# NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR
# MODIFICATIONS.
#

namespace eval xdnd {
  variable _dragging 0

  proc initialise { } {
    ## Mapping from platform types to TkDND types...
    ::tkdnd::generic::initialise_platform_to_tkdnd_types [list \
       text/plain\;charset=utf-8     DND_Text  \
       UTF8_STRING                   DND_Text  \
       text/plain                    DND_Text  \
       STRING                        DND_Text  \
       TEXT                          DND_Text  \
       COMPOUND_TEXT                 DND_Text  \
       text/uri-list                 DND_Files \
       text/html\;charset=utf-8      DND_HTML  \
       text/html                     DND_HTML  \
       application/x-color           DND_Color \
    ]
  };# initialise

};# namespace xdnd

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::HandleXdndEnter
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::HandleXdndEnter { path drag_source typelist } {
  variable _pressedkeys
  variable _actionlist
  set _pressedkeys 1
  set _actionlist  { copy move link ask private }
  ::tkdnd::generic::HandleEnter $path $drag_source $typelist $typelist \
           $_actionlist $_pressedkeys
};# xdnd::HandleXdndEnter

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::HandleXdndPosition
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::HandleXdndPosition { drop_target rootX rootY {drag_source {}} } {
  variable _pressedkeys
  variable _last_mouse_root_x; set _last_mouse_root_x $rootX
  variable _last_mouse_root_y; set _last_mouse_root_y $rootY
  ::tkdnd::generic::HandlePosition $drop_target $drag_source \
                                   $_pressedkeys $rootX $rootY
};# xdnd::HandleXdndPosition

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::HandleXdndLeave
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::HandleXdndLeave { } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::HandleLeave
};# xdnd::HandleXdndLeave

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::_HandleXdndDrop
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::HandleXdndDrop { time } {
  variable _pressedkeys
  variable _last_mouse_root_x
  variable _last_mouse_root_y
  ## Get the dropped data...
  ::tkdnd::generic::SetDroppedData [GetDroppedData $time]
  ::tkdnd::generic::HandleDrop {} {} $_pressedkeys \
                               $_last_mouse_root_x $_last_mouse_root_y $time
};# xdnd::HandleXdndDrop

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::_GetDroppedData
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::GetDroppedData { time } {
  set _drag_source              [::tkdnd::generic::GetDragSource]
  set _drop_target              [::tkdnd::generic::GetDropTarget]
  set _common_drag_source_types [::tkdnd::generic::GetDragSourceCommonTypes]
  if {![llength $_common_drag_source_types]} {
    error "no common data types between the drag source and drop target widgets"
  }
  ## Is drag source in this application?
  if {[catch {winfo pathname -displayof $_drop_target $_drag_source} p]} {
    set _use_tk_selection 0
  } else {
    set _use_tk_selection 1
  }
  foreach type $_common_drag_source_types {
    # puts "TYPE: $type ($_drop_target)"
    # _get_selection $_drop_target $time $type
    if {$_use_tk_selection} {
      if {![catch {
        selection get -displayof $_drop_target -selection XdndSelection \
                      -type $type
                                              } result options]} {
        return [normalise_data $type $result]
      }
    } else {
      # puts "_selection_get -displayof $_drop_target -selection XdndSelection \
      #                 -type $type -time $time"
      #after 100 [list focus -force $_drop_target]
      #after 50 [list raise [winfo toplevel $_drop_target]]
      if {![catch {
        _selection_get -displayof $_drop_target -selection XdndSelection \
                      -type $type -time $time
                                              } result options]} {
        return [normalise_data $type $result]
      }
    }
  }
  return -options $options $result
};# xdnd::GetDroppedData

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::platform_specific_types
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::platform_specific_types { types } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::platform_specific_types $types
}; # xdnd::platform_specific_types

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::platform_specific_type
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::platform_specific_type { type } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::platform_specific_type $type
}; # xdnd::platform_specific_type

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command tkdnd::platform_independent_types
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ::tkdnd::platform_independent_types { types } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::platform_independent_types $types
}; # tkdnd::platform_independent_types

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::platform_independent_type
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::platform_independent_type { type } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::platform_independent_type $type
}; # xdnd::platform_independent_type

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::_normalise_data
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::normalise_data { type data } {
  # Tk knows how to interpret the following types:
  #    STRING, TEXT, COMPOUND_TEXT
  #    UTF8_STRING
  # Else, it returns a list of 8 or 32 bit numbers...
  switch -glob $type {
    STRING - UTF8_STRING - TEXT - COMPOUND_TEXT {return $data}
    text/html {
      if {[catch {
            encoding convertfrom unicode $data
           } string]} {
        set string $data
      }
      return [string map {\r\n \n} $string]
    }
    text/html\;charset=utf-8  -
    text/plain\;charset=utf-8 -
    text/plain {
      if {[catch {
            encoding convertfrom utf-8 [tkdnd::bytes_to_string $data]
           } string]} {
        set string $data
      }
      return [string map {\r\n \n} $string]
    }
    text/uri-list* {
      if {[catch {
            encoding convertfrom utf-8 [tkdnd::bytes_to_string $data
          } string]} {
        set string $data
      }
      ## Get rid of \r\n
      set string [string trim [string map {\r\n \n} $string]]
      set files {}
      foreach quoted_file [split $string] {
        set file [tkdnd::urn_unquote $quoted_file]
        switch -glob $file {
          file://*  {lappend files [string range $file 7 end]}
          ftp://*   -
          https://* -
          http://*  {lappend files $quoted_file}
          default   {lappend files $file}
        }
      }
      return $files
    }
    application/x-color {
      return $data
    }
    text/x-moz-url -
    application/q-iconlist -
    default    {return $data}
  }
}; # xdnd::normalise_data

#############################################################################
##
##  XDND drag implementation
##
#############################################################################

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::_selection_ownership_lost
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::_selection_ownership_lost {} {
  variable _dragging
  set _dragging 0
};# _selection_ownership_lost

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::_dodragdrop
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::_dodragdrop { source actions types data button } {
  variable _dragging

  # puts "xdnd::_dodragdrop: source: $source, actions: $actions, types: $types,\
  #       data: \"$data\", button: $button"
  if {$_dragging} {
    ## We are in the middle of another drag operation...
    error "another drag operation in progress"
  }

  variable _dodragdrop_drag_source                $source
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target                0
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_proxy          0
  variable _dodragdrop_actions                    $actions
  variable _dodragdrop_action_descriptions        $actions
  variable _dodragdrop_actions_len                [llength $actions]
  variable _dodragdrop_types                      $types
  variable _dodragdrop_types_len                  [llength $types]
  variable _dodragdrop_data                       $data
  variable _dodragdrop_transfer_data              {}
  variable _dodragdrop_button                     $button
  variable _dodragdrop_time                       0
  variable _dodragdrop_default_action             refuse_drop
  variable _dodragdrop_waiting_status             0
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_drop   0
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_action refuse_drop
  variable _dodragdrop_current_cursor             $_dodragdrop_default_action
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_occured               0
  variable _dodragdrop_selection_requestor        0

  ##
  ## If we have more than 3 types, the property XdndTypeList must be set on
  ## the drag source widget...
  ##
  if {$_dodragdrop_types_len > 3} {
    _announce_type_list $_dodragdrop_drag_source $_dodragdrop_types
  }

  ##
  ## Announce the actions & their descriptions on the XdndActionList &
  ## XdndActionDescription properties...
  ##
  _announce_action_list $_dodragdrop_drag_source $_dodragdrop_actions \
                        $_dodragdrop_action_descriptions

  ##
  ## Arrange selection handlers for our drag source, and all the supported types
  ##
  registerSelectionHandler $source $types

  ##
  ## Step 1: When a drag begins, the source takes ownership of XdndSelection.
  ##
  selection own -command ::tkdnd::xdnd::_selection_ownership_lost \
                -selection XdndSelection $source
  set _dragging 1

  ## Grab the mouse pointer...
  _grab_pointer $source $_dodragdrop_default_action

  ## Register our generic event handler...
  #  The generic event callback will report events by modifying variable
  #  ::xdnd::_dodragdrop_event: a dict with event information will be set as
  #  the value of the variable...
  _register_generic_event_handler

  ## Set a timeout for debugging purposes...
  #  after 60000 {set ::tkdnd::xdnd::_dragging 0}

  tkwait variable ::tkdnd::xdnd::_dragging
  _SendXdndLeave

  set _dragging 0
  _ungrab_pointer $source
  _unregister_generic_event_handler
  catch {selection clear -selection XdndSelection}
  unregisterSelectionHandler $source $types
  return $_dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_action
};# xdnd::_dodragdrop

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::_process_drag_events
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::_process_drag_events {event} {
  # The return value from proc is normally 0. A non-zero return value indicates
  # that the event is not to be handled further; that is, proc has done all
  # processing that is to be allowed for the event
  variable _dragging
  if {!$_dragging} {return 0}
  # puts $event

  variable _dodragdrop_time
  set time [dict get $event time]
  set type [dict get $event type]
  if {$time < $_dodragdrop_time && ![string equal $type SelectionRequest]} {
    return 0
  }
  set _dodragdrop_time $time

  variable _dodragdrop_drag_source
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_proxy
  variable _dodragdrop_default_action
  switch $type {
    MotionNotify {
      set rootx  [dict get $event x_root]
      set rooty  [dict get $event y_root]
      set window [_find_drop_target_window $_dodragdrop_drag_source \
                                           $rootx $rooty]
      if {[string length $window]} {
        ## Examine the modifiers to suggest an action...
        set _dodragdrop_default_action [_default_action $event]
        ## Is it a Tk widget?
        # set path [winfo containing $rootx $rooty]
        # puts "Window under mouse: $window ($path)"
        if {$_dodragdrop_drop_target != $window} {
          ## Send XdndLeave to $_dodragdrop_drop_target
          _SendXdndLeave
          ## Is there a proxy? If not, _find_drop_target_proxy returns the
          ## target window, so we always get a valid "proxy".
          set proxy [_find_drop_target_proxy $_dodragdrop_drag_source $window]
          ## Send XdndEnter to $window
          _SendXdndEnter $window $proxy
          ## Send XdndPosition to $_dodragdrop_drop_target
          _SendXdndPosition $rootx $rooty $_dodragdrop_default_action
        } else {
          ## Send XdndPosition to $_dodragdrop_drop_target
          _SendXdndPosition $rootx $rooty $_dodragdrop_default_action
        }
      } else {
        ## No window under the mouse. Send XdndLeave to $_dodragdrop_drop_target
        _SendXdndLeave
      }
    }
    ButtonPress {
    }
    ButtonRelease {
      variable _dodragdrop_button
      set button [dict get $event button]
      if {$button == $_dodragdrop_button} {
        ## The button that initiated the drag was released. Trigger drop...
        _SendXdndDrop
      }
      return 1
    }
    KeyPress {
    }
    KeyRelease {
      set keysym [dict get $event keysym]
      switch $keysym {
        Escape {
          ## The user has pressed escape. Abort...
          if {$_dragging} {set _dragging 0}
        }
      }
    }
    SelectionRequest {
      variable _dodragdrop_selection_requestor
      variable _dodragdrop_selection_property
      variable _dodragdrop_selection_selection
      variable _dodragdrop_selection_target
      variable _dodragdrop_selection_time
      set _dodragdrop_selection_requestor [dict get $event requestor]
      set _dodragdrop_selection_property  [dict get $event property]
      set _dodragdrop_selection_selection [dict get $event selection]
      set _dodragdrop_selection_target    [dict get $event target]
      set _dodragdrop_selection_time      $time
      return 0
    }
    default {
      return 0
    }
  }
  return 0
};# _process_drag_events

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::_SendXdndEnter
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::_SendXdndEnter {window proxy} {
  variable _dodragdrop_drag_source
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_proxy
  variable _dodragdrop_types
  variable _dodragdrop_waiting_status
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_occured
  if {$_dodragdrop_drop_target > 0} _SendXdndLeave
  if {$_dodragdrop_drop_occured} return
  set _dodragdrop_drop_target       $window
  set _dodragdrop_drop_target_proxy $proxy
  set _dodragdrop_waiting_status    0
  if {$_dodragdrop_drop_target < 1} return
  # puts "XdndEnter: $_dodragdrop_drop_target $_dodragdrop_drop_target_proxy"
  _send_XdndEnter $_dodragdrop_drag_source $_dodragdrop_drop_target \
                  $_dodragdrop_drop_target_proxy $_dodragdrop_types
};# xdnd::_SendXdndEnter

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::_SendXdndPosition
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::_SendXdndPosition {rootx rooty action} {
  variable _dodragdrop_drag_source
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target
  if {$_dodragdrop_drop_target < 1} return
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_occured
  if {$_dodragdrop_drop_occured} return
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_proxy
  variable _dodragdrop_waiting_status
  ## Arrange a new XdndPosition, to be send periodically...
  variable _dodragdrop_xdnd_position_heartbeat
  catch {after cancel $_dodragdrop_xdnd_position_heartbeat}
  set _dodragdrop_xdnd_position_heartbeat [after 200 \
    [list ::tkdnd::xdnd::_SendXdndPosition $rootx $rooty $action]]
  if {$_dodragdrop_waiting_status} {return}
  # puts "XdndPosition: $_dodragdrop_drop_target $rootx $rooty $action"
  _send_XdndPosition $_dodragdrop_drag_source $_dodragdrop_drop_target \
                     $_dodragdrop_drop_target_proxy $rootx $rooty $action
  set _dodragdrop_waiting_status 1
};# xdnd::_SendXdndPosition

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::_HandleXdndStatus
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::_HandleXdndStatus {event} {
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target
  variable _dodragdrop_waiting_status

  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_drop
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_action
  set _dodragdrop_waiting_status 0
  foreach key {target accept want_position action x y w h} {
    set $key [dict get $event $key]
  }
  set _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_drop   $accept
  set _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_action $action
  if {$_dodragdrop_drop_target < 1} return
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_occured
  if {$_dodragdrop_drop_occured} return
  _update_cursor
  # puts "XdndStatus: $event"
};# xdnd::_HandleXdndStatus

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::_HandleXdndFinished
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::_HandleXdndFinished {event} {
  variable _dodragdrop_xdnd_finished_event_after_id
  catch {after cancel $_dodragdrop_xdnd_finished_event_after_id}
  set _dodragdrop_xdnd_finished_event_after_id {}
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target
  set _dodragdrop_drop_target 0
  variable _dragging
  if {$_dragging} {set _dragging 0}

  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_drop
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_action
  if {[dict size $event]} {
    foreach key {target accept action} {
      set $key [dict get $event $key]
    }
    set _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_drop   $accept
    set _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_action $action
  } else {
    set _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_drop 0
  }
  if {!$_dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_drop} {
    set _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_action refuse_drop
  }
  # puts "XdndFinished: $event"
};# xdnd::_HandleXdndFinished

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::_SendXdndLeave
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::_SendXdndLeave {} {
  variable _dodragdrop_drag_source
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target
  if {$_dodragdrop_drop_target < 1} return
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_proxy
  # puts "XdndLeave: $_dodragdrop_drop_target"
  _send_XdndLeave $_dodragdrop_drag_source $_dodragdrop_drop_target \
                  $_dodragdrop_drop_target_proxy
  set _dodragdrop_drop_target 0
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_drop
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_action
  set _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_drop   0
  set _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_action refuse_drop
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_occured
  if {$_dodragdrop_drop_occured} return
  _update_cursor
};# xdnd::_SendXdndLeave

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::_SendXdndDrop
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::_SendXdndDrop {} {
  variable _dodragdrop_drag_source
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target
  if {$_dodragdrop_drop_target < 1} {
    ## The mouse has been released over a widget that does not accept drops.
    _HandleXdndFinished {}
    return
  }
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_occured
  if {$_dodragdrop_drop_occured} {return}
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_proxy
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_drop
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_action

  set _dodragdrop_drop_occured 1
  _update_cursor clock

  if {!$_dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_drop} {
    _SendXdndLeave
    _HandleXdndFinished {}
    return
  }
  # puts "XdndDrop: $_dodragdrop_drop_target"
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_timestamp
  set _dodragdrop_drop_timestamp [_send_XdndDrop \
                 $_dodragdrop_drag_source $_dodragdrop_drop_target \
                 $_dodragdrop_drop_target_proxy]
  set _dodragdrop_drop_target 0
  # puts "XdndDrop: $_dodragdrop_drop_target"
  ## Arrange a timeout for receiving XdndFinished...
  variable _dodragdrop_xdnd_finished_event_after_id
  set _dodragdrop_xdnd_finished_event_after_id \
    [after 10000 [list ::tkdnd::xdnd::_HandleXdndFinished {}]]
};# xdnd::_SendXdndDrop

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::_update_cursor
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::_update_cursor { {cursor {}}} {
  # puts "_update_cursor $cursor"
  variable _dodragdrop_current_cursor
  variable _dodragdrop_drag_source
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_drop
  variable _dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_action

  if {![string length $cursor]} {
    set cursor refuse_drop
    if {$_dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_drop} {
      set cursor $_dodragdrop_drop_target_accepts_action
    }
  }
  if {![string equal $cursor $_dodragdrop_current_cursor]} {
    _set_pointer_cursor $_dodragdrop_drag_source $cursor
    set _dodragdrop_current_cursor $cursor
  }
};# xdnd::_update_cursor

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::_default_action
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::_default_action {event} {
  variable _dodragdrop_actions
  variable _dodragdrop_actions_len
  if {$_dodragdrop_actions_len == 1} {return [lindex $_dodragdrop_actions 0]}

  set alt     [dict get $event Alt]
  set shift   [dict get $event Shift]
  set control [dict get $event Control]

  if {$shift && $control && [lsearch $_dodragdrop_actions link] != -1} {
    return link
  } elseif {$control && [lsearch $_dodragdrop_actions copy] != -1} {
    return copy
  } elseif {$shift && [lsearch $_dodragdrop_actions move] != -1} {
    return move
  } elseif {$alt && [lsearch $_dodragdrop_actions link] != -1} {
    return link
  }
  return default
};# xdnd::_default_action

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::getFormatForType
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::getFormatForType {type} {
  switch -glob [string tolower $type] {
    text/plain\;charset=utf-8 -
    text/html\;charset=utf-8  -
    utf8_string               {set format UTF8_STRING}
    text/html                 -
    text/plain                -
    string                    -
    text                      -
    compound_text             {set format STRING}
    text/uri-list*            {set format UTF8_STRING}
    application/x-color       {set format $type}
    default                   {set format $type}
  }
  return $format
};# xdnd::getFormatForType

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::registerSelectionHandler
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::registerSelectionHandler {source types} {
  foreach type $types {
    selection handle -selection XdndSelection \
                     -type $type \
                     -format [getFormatForType $type] \
                     $source [list ::tkdnd::xdnd::_SendData $type]
  }
};# xdnd::registerSelectionHandler

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::unregisterSelectionHandler
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::unregisterSelectionHandler {source types} {
  foreach type $types {
    catch {
      selection handle -selection XdndSelection \
                       -type $type \
                       -format [getFormatForType $type] \
                       $source {}
    }
  }
};# xdnd::unregisterSelectionHandler

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::_convert_to_unsigned
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::_convert_to_unsigned {data format} {
  switch $format {
    8  { set mask 0xff }
    16 { set mask 0xffff }
    32 { set mask 0xffffff }
    default {error "unsupported format $format"}
  }
  ## Convert signed integer into unsigned...
  set d [list]
  foreach num $data {
    lappend d [expr { $num & $mask }]
  }
  return $d
};# xdnd::_convert_to_unsigned

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command xdnd::_SendData
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc xdnd::_SendData {type offset bytes args} {
  variable _dodragdrop_drag_source
  variable _dodragdrop_types
  variable _dodragdrop_data
  variable _dodragdrop_transfer_data

  ## The variable _dodragdrop_data contains a list of data, one for each
  ## type in the _dodragdrop_types variable. We have to search types, and find
  ## the corresponding entry in the _dodragdrop_data list.
  set index [lsearch $_dodragdrop_types $type]
  if {$index < 0} {
    error "unable to locate data suitable for type \"$type\""
  }
  set typed_data [lindex $_dodragdrop_data $index]
  set format 8
  if {$offset == 0} {
    ## Prepare the data to be transfered...
    switch -glob $type {
      text/plain* - UTF8_STRING - STRING - TEXT - COMPOUND_TEXT {
        binary scan [encoding convertto utf-8 $typed_data] \
                    c* _dodragdrop_transfer_data
        set _dodragdrop_transfer_data \
           [_convert_to_unsigned $_dodragdrop_transfer_data $format]
      }
      text/uri-list* {
        set files [list]
        foreach file $typed_data {
          switch -glob $file {
            *://*     {lappend files $file}
            default   {lappend files file://$file}
          }
        }
        binary scan [encoding convertto utf-8 "[join $files \r\n]\r\n"] \
                    c* _dodragdrop_transfer_data
        set _dodragdrop_transfer_data \
           [_convert_to_unsigned $_dodragdrop_transfer_data $format]
      }
      application/x-color {
        set format 16
        ## Try to understand the provided data: we accept a standard Tk colour,
        ## or a list of 3 values (red green blue) or a list of 4 values
        ## (red green blue opacity).
        switch [llength $typed_data] {
          1 { set color [winfo rgb $_dodragdrop_drag_source $typed_data]
              lappend color 65535 }
          3 { set color $typed_data; lappend color 65535 }
          4 { set color $typed_data }
          default {error "unknown color data: \"$typed_data\""}
        }
        ## Convert the 4 elements into 16 bit values...
        set _dodragdrop_transfer_data [list]
        foreach c $color {
          lappend _dodragdrop_transfer_data [format 0x%04X $c]
        }
      }
      default {
        set format 32
        binary scan $typed_data c* _dodragdrop_transfer_data
      }
    }
  }

  ##
  ## Data has been split into bytes. Count the bytes requested, and return them
  ##
  set data [lrange $_dodragdrop_transfer_data $offset [expr {$offset+$bytes-1}]]
  switch $format {
    8  {
      set data [encoding convertfrom utf-8 [binary format c* $data]]
    }
    16 {
      variable _dodragdrop_selection_requestor
      if {$_dodragdrop_selection_requestor} {
        ## Tk selection cannot process this format (only 8 & 32 supported).
        ## Call our XChangeProperty...
        set numItems [llength $data]
        variable _dodragdrop_selection_property
        variable _dodragdrop_selection_selection
        variable _dodragdrop_selection_target
        variable _dodragdrop_selection_time
        XChangeProperty $_dodragdrop_drag_source \
                        $_dodragdrop_selection_requestor \
                        $_dodragdrop_selection_property \
                        $_dodragdrop_selection_target \
                        $format \
                        $_dodragdrop_selection_time \
                        $data $numItems
        return -code break
      }
    }
    32 {
    }
    default {
      error "unsupported format $format"
    }
  }
  # puts "SendData: $type $offset $bytes $args ($typed_data)"
  # puts "          $data"
  return $data
};# xdnd::_SendData

#
# tkdnd_windows.tcl --
#
#    This file implements some utility procedures that are used by the TkDND
#    package.
#
# This software is copyrighted by:
# George Petasis, National Centre for Scientific Research "Demokritos",
# Aghia Paraskevi, Athens, Greece.
# e-mail: petasis@iit.demokritos.gr
#
# The following terms apply to all files associated
# with the software unless explicitly disclaimed in individual files.
#
# The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
# and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
# that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
# notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,
# license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.
# Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors
# and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
# the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
# they apply.
#
# IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY
# FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
# ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR ANY
# DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
# POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#
# THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES,
# INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.  THIS SOFTWARE
# IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE
# NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR
# MODIFICATIONS.
#

namespace eval olednd {

  proc initialise { } {
    ## Mapping from platform types to TkDND types...
    ::tkdnd::generic::initialise_platform_to_tkdnd_types [list \
       CF_UNICODETEXT          DND_Text  \
       CF_TEXT                 DND_Text  \
       CF_HDROP                DND_Files \
       FileGroupDescriptor     DND_Files \
       FileGroupDescriptorW    DND_Files \
       CF_HTML                 DND_HTML  \
       {HTML Format}           DND_HTML  \
       CF_RTF                  DND_RTF   \
       CF_RTFTEXT              DND_RTF   \
       {Rich Text Format}      DND_RTF   \
    ]

    ## Mapping from TkDND types to platform types...
    ::tkdnd::generic::initialise_tkdnd_to_platform_types [list \
       DND_Text  {CF_UNICODETEXT CF_TEXT}               \
       DND_Files {CF_HDROP}                             \
       DND_HTML  {CF_HTML {HTML Format}}                \
       DND_RTF   {CF_RTF CF_RTFTEXT {Rich Text Format}} \
    ]
  };# initialise

};# namespace olednd

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command olednd::HandleDragEnter
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc olednd::HandleDragEnter { drop_target typelist actionlist pressedkeys
                               rootX rootY codelist } {
  focus $drop_target
  ::tkdnd::generic::HandleEnter $drop_target 0 $typelist \
                                $codelist $actionlist $pressedkeys
  set action [::tkdnd::generic::HandlePosition $drop_target {} \
                                               $pressedkeys $rootX $rootY]
  if {$::tkdnd::_auto_update} {update}
  return $action
};# olednd::HandleDragEnter

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command olednd::HandleDragOver
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc olednd::HandleDragOver { drop_target pressedkeys rootX rootY } {
  set action [::tkdnd::generic::HandlePosition $drop_target {} \
                                               $pressedkeys $rootX $rootY]
  if {$::tkdnd::_auto_update} {update}
  return $action
};# olednd::HandleDragOver

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command olednd::HandleDragLeave
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc olednd::HandleDragLeave { drop_target } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::HandleLeave
  if {$::tkdnd::_auto_update} {update}
};# olednd::HandleDragLeave

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command olednd::HandleXdndDrop
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc olednd::HandleDrop { drop_target pressedkeys rootX rootY type data } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::SetDroppedData [normalise_data $type $data]
  set action [::tkdnd::generic::HandleDrop $drop_target {} \
                                           $pressedkeys $rootX $rootY 0]
  if {$::tkdnd::_auto_update} {update}
  return $action
};# olednd::HandleXdndDrop

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command olednd::GetDragSourceCommonTypes
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc olednd::GetDragSourceCommonTypes { drop_target } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::GetDragSourceCommonTypes
};# olednd::GetDragSourceCommonTypes

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command olednd::platform_specific_types
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc olednd::platform_specific_types { types } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::platform_specific_types $types
}; # olednd::platform_specific_types

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command olednd::platform_specific_type
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc olednd::platform_specific_type { type } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::platform_specific_type $type
}; # olednd::platform_specific_type

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command tkdnd::platform_independent_types
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ::tkdnd::platform_independent_types { types } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::platform_independent_types $types
}; # tkdnd::platform_independent_types

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command olednd::platform_independent_type
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc olednd::platform_independent_type { type } {
  ::tkdnd::generic::platform_independent_type $type
}; # olednd::platform_independent_type

# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Command olednd::normalise_data
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
proc olednd::normalise_data { type data } {
  switch [lindex [::tkdnd::generic::platform_independent_type $type] 0] {
    DND_Text   {return $data}
    DND_Files  {return $data}
    DND_HTML   {return [encoding convertfrom utf-8 $data]}
    default    {return $data}
  }
}; # olednd::normalise_data

package ifneeded tls 1.6.7     "[list source [file join $dir tls.tcl]] ;      [list tls::initlib $dir libtls1.6.7.dylib]"

#
# Copyright (C) 1997-2000 Matt Newman <matt@novadigm.com> 
#
# $Header: /cvsroot/tls/tls/tls.tcl,v 1.14 2015/07/07 17:16:03 andreas_kupries Exp $
#
namespace eval tls {
    variable logcmd tclLog
    variable debug 0
 
    # Default flags passed to tls::import
    variable defaults {}

    # Maps UID to Server Socket
    variable srvmap
    variable srvuid 0

    # Over-ride this if you are using a different socket command
    variable socketCmd
    if {![info exists socketCmd]} {
        set socketCmd [info command ::socket]
    }
}

proc tls::initlib {dir dll} {
    # Package index cd's into the package directory for loading.
    # Irrelevant to unixoids, but for Windows this enables the OS to find
    # the dependent DLL's in the CWD, where they may be.
    set cwd [pwd]
    catch {cd $dir}
    if {[string equal $::tcl_platform(platform) "windows"] &&
	![string equal [lindex [file system $dir] 0] "native"]} {
	# If it is a wrapped executable running on windows, the openssl
	# dlls must be copied out of the virtual filesystem to the disk
	# where Windows will find them when resolving the dependency in
	# the tls dll. We choose to make them siblings of the executable.
	package require starkit
	set dst [file nativename [file dirname $starkit::topdir]]
	foreach sdll [glob -nocomplain -directory $dir -tails *eay32.dll] {
	    catch {file delete -force            $dst/$sdll}
	    catch {file copy   -force $dir/$sdll $dst/$sdll}
	}
    }
    set res [catch {uplevel #0 [list load [file join [pwd] $dll]]} err]
    catch {cd $cwd}
    if {$res} {
	namespace eval [namespace parent] {namespace delete tls}
	return -code $res $err
    }
    rename tls::initlib {}
}

#
# Backwards compatibility, also used to set the default
# context options
#
proc tls::init {args} {
    variable defaults

    set defaults $args
}
#
# Helper function - behaves exactly as the native socket command.
#
proc tls::socket {args} {
    variable socketCmd
    variable defaults
    set idx [lsearch $args -server]
    if {$idx != -1} {
	set server 1
	set callback [lindex $args [expr {$idx+1}]]
	set args [lreplace $args $idx [expr {$idx+1}]]

	set usage "wrong # args: should be \"tls::socket -server command ?options? port\""
	set options "-cadir, -cafile, -certfile, -cipher, -command, -dhparams, -keyfile, -myaddr, -password, -request, -require, -servername, -ssl2, -ssl3, -tls1, -tls1.1 or -tls1.2"
    } else {
	set server 0

	set usage "wrong # args: should be \"tls::socket ?options? host port\""
	set options "-async, -cadir, -cafile, -certfile, -cipher, -command, -dhparams, -keyfile, -myaddr, -myport, -password, -request, -require, -servername, -ssl2, -ssl3, -tls1, -tls1.1 or -tls1.2"
    }
    set argc [llength $args]
    set sopts {}
    set iopts [concat [list -server $server] $defaults]	;# Import options

    for {set idx 0} {$idx < $argc} {incr idx} {
	set arg [lindex $args $idx]
	switch -glob -- $server,$arg {
	    0,-async	{lappend sopts $arg}
	    0,-myport	-
	    *,-type	-
	    *,-myaddr	{lappend sopts $arg [lindex $args [incr idx]]}
	    *,-cadir	-
	    *,-cafile	-
	    *,-certfile	-
	    *,-cipher	-
	    *,-command	-
	    *,-dhparams -
	    *,-keyfile	-
	    *,-password	-
	    *,-request	-
	    *,-require	-
            *,-servername -
	    *,-ssl2	-
	    *,-ssl3	-
	    *,-tls1	-
	    *,-tls1.1	-
	    *,-tls1.2	{lappend iopts $arg [lindex $args [incr idx]]}
	    -*		{return -code error "bad option \"$arg\": must be one of $options"}
	    default	{break}
	}
    }
    if {$server} {
	if {($idx + 1) != $argc} {
	    return -code error $usage
	}
	set uid [incr ::tls::srvuid]

	set port [lindex $args [expr {$argc-1}]]
	lappend sopts $port
	#set sopts [linsert $sopts 0 -server $callback]
	set sopts [linsert $sopts 0 -server [list tls::_accept $iopts $callback]]
	#set sopts [linsert $sopts 0 -server [list tls::_accept $uid $callback]]
    } else {
	if {($idx + 2) != $argc} {
	    return -code error $usage
	}
	set host [lindex $args [expr {$argc-2}]]
	set port [lindex $args [expr {$argc-1}]]
	lappend sopts $host $port
    }
    #
    # Create TCP/IP socket
    #
    set chan [eval $socketCmd $sopts]
    if {!$server && [catch {
	#
	# Push SSL layer onto socket
	#
	eval [list tls::import] $chan $iopts
    } err]} {
	set info ${::errorInfo}
	catch {close $chan}
	return -code error -errorinfo $info $err
    }
    return $chan
}

# tls::_accept --
#
#   This is the actual accept that TLS sockets use, which then calls
#   the callback registered by tls::socket.
#
# Arguments:
#   iopts	tls::import opts
#   callback	server callback to invoke
#   chan	socket channel to accept/deny
#   ipaddr	calling IP address
#   port	calling port
#
# Results:
#   Returns an error if the callback throws one.
#
proc tls::_accept { iopts callback chan ipaddr port } {
    log 2 [list tls::_accept $iopts $callback $chan $ipaddr $port]

    set chan [eval [list tls::import $chan] $iopts]

    lappend callback $chan $ipaddr $port
    if {[catch {
	uplevel #0 $callback
    } err]} {
	log 1 "tls::_accept error: ${::errorInfo}"
	close $chan
	error $err $::errorInfo $::errorCode
    } else {
	log 2 "tls::_accept - called \"$callback\" succeeded"
    }
}
#
# Sample callback for hooking: -
#
# error
# verify
# info
#
proc tls::callback {option args} {
    variable debug

    #log 2 [concat $option $args]

    switch -- $option {
	"error"	{
	    foreach {chan msg} $args break

	    log 0 "TLS/$chan: error: $msg"
	}
	"verify"	{
	    # poor man's lassign
	    foreach {chan depth cert rc err} $args break

	    array set c $cert

	    if {$rc != "1"} {
		log 1 "TLS/$chan: verify/$depth: Bad Cert: $err (rc = $rc)"
	    } else {
		log 2 "TLS/$chan: verify/$depth: $c(subject)"
	    }
	    if {$debug > 0} {
		return 1;	# FORCE OK
	    } else {
		return $rc
	    }
	}
	"info"	{
	    # poor man's lassign
	    foreach {chan major minor state msg} $args break

	    if {$msg != ""} {
		append state ": $msg"
	    }
	    # For tracing
	    upvar #0 tls::$chan cb
	    set cb($major) $minor

	    log 2 "TLS/$chan: $major/$minor: $state"
	}
	default	{
	    return -code error "bad option \"$option\":\
		    must be one of error, info, or verify"
	}
    }
}

proc tls::xhandshake {chan} {
    upvar #0 tls::$chan cb

    if {[info exists cb(handshake)] && \
	$cb(handshake) == "done"} {
	return 1
    }
    while {1} {
	vwait tls::${chan}(handshake)
	if {![info exists cb(handshake)]} {
	    return 0
	}
	if {$cb(handshake) == "done"} {
	    return 1
	}
    }
}

proc tls::password {} {
    log 0 "TLS/Password: did you forget to set your passwd!"
    # Return the worlds best kept secret password.
    return "secret"
}

proc tls::log {level msg} {
    variable debug
    variable logcmd

    if {$level > $debug || $logcmd == ""} {
	return
    }
    set cmd $logcmd
    lappend cmd $msg
    uplevel #0 $cmd
}

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>ArrowButton</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>ArrowButton</B>
 - Button widget with an arrow shape.
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ArrowButton</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-activebackground">-activebackground</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-activeforeground">-activeforeground</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledforeground">-disabledforeground</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatdelay">-repeatdelay</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatinterval">-repeatinterval</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-troughcolor">-troughcolor</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-armcommand">-armcommand</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-arrowbd">-arrowbd</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-arrowrelief">-arrowrelief</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-clean">-clean</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-command">-command</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dir">-dir</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-disarmcommand">-disarmcommand</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helptext">-helptext</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helptype">-helptype</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helpvar">-helpvar</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-ipadx">-ipadx</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-ipady">-ipady</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-state">-state</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-type">-type</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#invoke"><B>invoke</B></A>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

ArrowButton can be of two types following <B>type</B> option:
for <B>button</B> type, it is standard button with an arrow drawn on it;
for <B>arrow</B> type, it is an arrow like scrollbar's arrow.
</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-armcommand"><B>-armcommand</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the ArrowButton when mouse button 1 is pressed
over the ArrowButton. When <B>repeatdelay</B> or <B>repeatinterval</B> option is positive
integer, this command is repeatedly called if mouse pointer is over the button and until
mouse button 1 is released.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-arrowbd"><B>-arrowbd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

When ArrowButton <B>type</B> is <I>arrow</I>, specifies the border width of the
arrow. Must be 1 or 2.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-arrowrelief"><B>-arrowrelief</B></A></DT>
<DD>

When ArrowButton <B>type</B> is <I>arrow</I>, specifies the relief of the arrow.
Must be <B>raised</B> or <B>sunken</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-clean"><B>-clean</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a level of quality, between 0 and 2, for the arrow.
If 0, the arrow is drawn with its maximum width and height.
If 1, the base of arrow is arranged to be odd to have same edges.
If 2, the base of arrow is arranged to be odd and the orthogonal to be (base+1)/2 to
have 'straight' diagonal for edges.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the ArrowButton.  This command
is typically invoked when mouse button 1 is released over the ArrowButton
window.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dir"><B>-dir</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the direction of the arrow: <B>top</B>, <B>bottom</B>, <B>left</B>
or <B>right</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-disarmcommand"><B>-disarmcommand</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the ArrowButton when mouse button 1 is released.
This command is called even if pointer is not over the ArrowButton, and always before
the command specified by <B>command</B> option.
It is typically used in conjuntion with <B>armcommand</B>, <B>repeatdelay</B> and
<B>repeatinterval</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a desired height for the ArrowButton. The value is in screen units.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptext"><B>-helptext</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Text for dynamic help. If empty, no help is available for this widget.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptype"><B>-helptype</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Type of dynamic help. Use <I>balloon</I> or <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helpvar"><B>-helpvar</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Variable to use when <B>helptype</B> option is <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-ipadx"><B>-ipadx</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a minimun pad between the ArrowButton border and the right and left side
of the arrow. The value is in screen units.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-ipady"><B>-ipady</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a minimun pad between the ArrowButton border and the top and bottom side
of the arrow. The value is in screen units.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies one of three states for the ArrowButton: <B>normal</B>, <B>active</B>,
or <B>disabled</B>.
<DL><DT>If ArrowButton <B>type</B> is <I>button</I>:</DT>
<DD>In normal state the ArrowButton is displayed using the
<B>foreground</B> and <B>background</B> options. The active state is
typically used when the pointer is over the ArrowButton. In active state
the ArrowButton is displayed using the <B>activeforeground</B> and
<B>activebackground</B> options. In disabled state the <B>disabledforeground</B> and
<B>background</B> options determine how the ArrowButton is displayed.
</DD>
<DT>If ArrowButton <B>type</B> is <I>arrow</I>:</DT>
<DD>Only colors of arrow change. The background of ArrowButton is always
displayed using <B>troughcolor</B> option.
In normal state the ArrowButton is displayed using the <B>background</B> option. The active
state is typically used when the pointer is over the ArrowButton. In active state
the ArrowButton is displayed using the <B>activebackground</B> option. In disabled state
the ArrowButton is displayed with a dark stipple.
</DD>
</DL>
Disabled state means that the ArrowButton
should be insensitive: the default bindings will refuse to activate
the widget and will ignore mouse button presses.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-type"><B>-type</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Determines the type of the ArrowButton: <B>button</B> for standard button look, or
<B>arrow</B> scrollbar's arrow look.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a desired width for the ArrowButton. The value is in screen units.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="invoke"><I>pathName</I> <B>invoke</B></A>
</DT><DD>

If ArrowButton <B>state</B> is not disabled, this invoke the commands of the button.
ArrowButton is redisplayed with active color and sunken relief, and
<B>armcommand</B> is called. Then ArrowButton is redisplayed with
normal color and its defined relief, and <B>disarmcommand</B> then <B>command</B>
are called.
<P><B>invoke</B> is called when ArrowButton has input focus and user press the space bar.
</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>BWidget</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<IMG SRC="constr.gif" WIDTH="40" HEIGHT="40"> Under construction ...<BR>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>BWidget</B>
 - Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#XLFDfont"><B>XLFDfont</B></A>
 <I>cmd</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#assert"><B>assert</B></A>
 <I>exp</I>
 ?<I>msg</I>?
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#badOptionString"><B>badOptionString</B></A>
 <I>type</I>
 <I>value</I>
 <I>list</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#bindMouseWheel"><B>bindMouseWheel</B></A>
 <I>widget</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#classes"><B>classes</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#clonename"><B>clonename</B></A>
 <I>menu</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#focus"><B>focus</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
 <I>path</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#get3dcolor"><B>get3dcolor</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>bgcolor</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#getname"><B>getname</B></A>
 <I>name</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#grab"><B>grab</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
 <I>path</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#inuse"><B>inuse</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#library"><B>library</B></A>
 <I>class</I> ?<i>class ...</i>?
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#lreorder"><B>lreorder</B></A>
 <I>list</I>
 <I>neworder</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#parsetext"><B>parsetext</B></A>
 <I>text</I>
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#place"><B>place</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>w</I>
 <I>h</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#write"><B>write</B></A>
 <I>filename</I> ?<i>mode</i>?
</DD>
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#wrongNumArgsString"><B>wrongNumArgsString</B></A>
 <I>string</I>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>
Description text
</P>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="XLFDfont">BWidget::<B>XLFDfont</B></A>
 <I>cmd</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="assert">BWidget::<B>assert</B></A>
 <I>exp</I>
 ?<I>msg</I>?
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="badOptionString">BWidget::<B>badOptionString</B></A>
 <I>type</I>
 <I>value</I>
 <I>list</I>
</DT><DD>
Return a proper error string for a <i>value</i> of <i>type</i> that doesn't
match <i>list</i>.
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="bindMouseWheel">BWidget::<B>bindMouseWheel</B></A>
 <I>widget</I>
</DT><DD>
    Bind the given <i>widget</i> with the standard mouse wheel bindings.
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="classes">BWidget::<B>classes</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
</DT><DD>
    Returns a list of classes needed by the given <i>class</i>.
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="clonename">BWidget::<B>clonename</B></A>
 <I>menu</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="focus">BWidget::<B>focus</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
 <I>path</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="get3dcolor">BWidget::<B>get3dcolor</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>bgcolor</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getname">BWidget::<B>getname</B></A>
 <I>name</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="grab">BWidget::<B>grab</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
 <I>path</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="inuse">BWidget::<B>inuse</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
</DT><DD>
    Returns true or false if the given <i>class</i> is being used by the
    current running program.
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="library">BWidget::<B>library</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 ?<i>class ...</i>?
</DT><DD>
    Returns a string of code that contains all the libraries needed to
    use the widgets given by <i>class</i>.  Each class's code and the
    code of its dependent classes is appended to the string and returned.
    This is mostly useful for saving BWidgets to another project.
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="lreorder">BWidget::<B>lreorder</B></A>
 <I>list</I>
 <I>neworder</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="parsetext">BWidget::<B>parsetext</B></A>
 <I>text</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="place">BWidget::<B>place</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>w</I>
 <I>h</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>
Used to position and resize the widget specified by
<I>path</I>. <I>w</I> and <I>h</I> are used to specify the requested
width and height of the <I>path</I> widget for use by <B>wm
geometry</B> (set to 0 to use current values). The placement of the widget relative to other widgets or
the screen is controlled by additional arguments:
<DL>
 <DT><B>at</B> <I>x</I> <I>y</I></DT>
 <DD>Place the widget specified by the <I>path</I> argument at screen
 position x,y. See <B>wm geometry</B> for information about window
 placement values.</DD>

 <DT><B>center</B> <I>?widget?</I></DT>
 <DD>Place the <I>path</I> widget centered against <I>widget</I> or against the
 root widget if <I>widget</I> is not given.</DD>

 <DT><B>left</B> <I>?widget?</I></DT>
 <DT><B>right</B> <I>?widget?</I></DT>
 <DD>Place the <I>path</I> widget either left or right of the
 reference widget (or the root widget if <I>widget</I> is not
 specified). If the reference widget's position is such that the newly
 placed window might be obscured then the opposite side will be tried.</DD>

 <DT><B>above</B> <I>?widget?</I></DT>
 <DT><B>below</B> <I>?widget?</I></DT>
 <DD>As for left/right above, this option causes the widget to be
 placed either above or below the reference widget with the opposite
 placement being attempted if the newly placed widget will not be visible.
</DL>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="write">BWidget::<B>write</B></A>
 <I>filename</I>
 ?<i>mode</i>?
</DT><DD>
    Writes the currently used set of BWidget class code to the given
    <i>filename</i>.  All the code necessary to run the BWidgets
    currently in use is written to the file.  This is mostly useful
    for saving BWidget code to another project as a single file instead
    of the entire BWidget package.
</DD></DL>

<DL>
<DT><A NAME="wrongNumArgsString">BWidget::<B>wrongNumArgsString</B></A>
 <I>string</I>
</DT>
<DD>
    Returns a standard error string for the wrong number of arguments.
    <i>string</i> is appended to the standard string.
</DD>
</DL>

</BODY></HTML>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>Button</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>Button</B>
 - Button widget with enhanced options
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>Button</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DT><I>Not themed</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-activebackground">-activebackground</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-activeforeground">-activeforeground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-anchor">-anchor</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
</TD>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-bitmap">-bitmap</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor">-cursor</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledforeground">-disabledforeground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD>
</TD>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-image">-image</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-justify">-justify</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-padx">-padx</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-pady">-pady</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatdelay">-repeatdelay</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatinterval">-repeatinterval</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-text">-text</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-wraplength">-wraplength</A></TD>
</TABLE></DD>
<DT><I>Themed</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-compound">-compound</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor">-cursor</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-image">-image</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-style">-style</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatdelay">-repeatdelay</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatinterval">-repeatinterval</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-text">-text</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-armcommand">-armcommand</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-command">-command</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-default">-default</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-disarmcommand">-disarmcommand</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helptext">-helptext</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helptype">-helptype</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helpvar">-helpvar</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-name">-name</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-relief">-relief</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-state">-state</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-underline">-underline</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#invoke"><B>invoke</B></A>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

Button widget extends the Tk button with new options.
<A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A> options,
a new relief style, callback for <B>arm</B>/<B>disarm</B>, and
<B>repeatdelay</B>/<B>repeatinterval</B> options has been added.
</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-armcommand"><B>-armcommand</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the Button when mouse button 1 is pressed over the
Button. When <B>repeatdelay</B> or <B>repeatinterval</B> option is positive integer,
this command is repeatedly called if mouse pointer is over the Button and until mouse
button 1 is released.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the Button.  This command
is typically invoked when mouse button 1 is released over the Button
window.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-default"><B>-default</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies one of three states for the default ring: <B>normal</B>, <B>active</B>,
or <B>disabled</B>. In active state, the button is drawn with the platform specific
appearance for a default button. In normal state, the button is drawn with the platform
specific appearance for a non-default button, leaving enough space to draw the default
button appearance. The normal and active states will result in buttons of the same size.
In disabled state, the button is drawn with the non-default button appearance without
leaving space for the default appearance. The disabled state may result
in a smaller button than the active state.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-disarmcommand"><B>-disarmcommand</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the Button when mouse button 1 is released.
This command is called even if pointer is not over the Button, and always before
the command specified by <B>command</B> option.
It is typically used in conjuntion with <B>armcommand</B>, <B>repeatdelay</B> and
<B>repeatinterval</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a desired height for the Button.
If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the Button then the value is in
screen units;
for text it is in lines of text.
If this option isn't specified, the Button's desired height is computed
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it.<BR>
Option not available when widget is <I>themed</I>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptext"><B>-helptext</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Text for dynamic help. If empty, no help is available for this widget.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptype"><B>-helptype</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Type of dynamic help. Use <I>balloon</I> or <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helpvar"><B>-helpvar</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Variable to use when <B>helptype</B> option is <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-name"><B>-name</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a standard name for the button. If the option <B>*<I>name</I>Name</B> is
found in the resources database, then <B>text</B> and <B>underline</B> options
are extracted from its value.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-relief"><B>-relief</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget. Acceptable values are standard values for
button relief (<B>raised</B>, <B>sunken</B>, <B>flat</B>, <B>ridge</B>, <B>solid</B>, and <B>groove</B>) and <B>link</B>, which specifies that button relief is <B>flat</B> when pointer
is outside the button and <B>raised</B> when pointer is inside.<BR>
This option has only the following effect if the widget is <I>themed</I>:
The value <B>link</B> used a style <B>Toolbutton</B> while any other value uses the standard effect.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies one of three states for the Button:  <B>normal</B>, <B>active</B>,
or <B>disabled</B>.  In normal state the Button is displayed using the
<B>foreground</B> and <B>background</B> options.  The active state is
typically used when the pointer is over the Button.  In active state
the Button is displayed using the <B>activeforeground</B> and
<B>activebackground</B> options.  Disabled state means that the Button
should be insensitive:  the default bindings will refuse to activate
the widget and will ignore mouse button presses.
In this state the <B>disabledforeground</B> and
<B>background</B> options determine how the Button is displayed.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-underline"><B>-underline</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the integer index of a character to underline in the label of the button.
0 corresponds to the first character of the text displayed, 1 to the next character,
and so on.
<BR>The binding <B>&lt;Alt-<I>char</I>&gt;</B> is automatically set on the toplevel
of the Button to call Button::<B>setfocus</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the Button then the value is in
screen units;
for text it is in characters.
If this option isn't specified, the Button's desired width is computed
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="invoke"><I>pathName</I> <B>invoke</B></A>
</DT><DD>

If Button <B>state</B> is not disabled, this invoke the commands of the Button.
Button is redisplayed with active color and sunken relief, and
<B>armcommand</B> is called. Then Button is redisplayed with
normal color and its defined relief, and <B>disarmcommand</B> then <B>command</B>
are called.
<P><B>invoke</B> is called when Button has input focus and user press the space bar.

</DD></DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">BINDINGS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Invoke"><I>&lt;&lt;Invoke&gt;&gt;</I></A>
</DT><DD>

Invoke the <B>invoke</B> widget command.
</DD></DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
</BODY></HTML>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>ButtonBox</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>ButtonBox</B>
 - Set of buttons with horizontal or vertical layout
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ButtonBox</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-default">-default</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-homogeneous">-homogeneous</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-orient">-orient</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-padx">-padx</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-pady">-pady</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-spacing">-spacing</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-state">-state</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#add"><B>add</B></A>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#delete"><B>delete</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#index"><B>index</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#insert"><B>insert</B></A>
  <i>index</i> ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#invoke"><B>invoke</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemcget"><B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemconfigure"><B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setfocus"><B>setfocus</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

ButtonBox layouts Button horizontally or vertically.
Some commands take an <I>index</I> as argument indicating on which
Button it work. This index may be specified in any of the following forms:
<P>
<DL COMPACT>
<DT>
<I>number</I>
<DD>
Specifies the Button numerically, where 0 corresponds
to the first added Button, 1 to the next, and so on.
<DT>
<B>end</B> or <B>last</B>
<DD>
Indicates the last item added.
<DT><B>default</B>
<DD>
Indicates the default Button.

<DT>
<i>name</i>
<DD>
Indicates the button whose <b>-name</b> option is <i>name</i>.

<DT>
<i>text</i>
<DD>
Indicates the button whose <b>-text</b> option is <i>text</i>.
</DL>

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-background"><B>-background</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a default background color for all added buttons and for the frame.<BR>
For <I>themed</I> wigets, the button color is not set.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-default"><B>-default</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the default button of the button box. The value is an integer
referencing the n-th added button, starting from 0.
If this value is -1 (the default), all button wil be drawn with their -default
option set to disabled, and this value can not be changed. <BR>If this value is 
not -1, the associated button is drawn with -default option set to active and
the others are drawn with -default option set to normal. The value can be changed
by configure.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-homogeneous"><B>-homogeneous (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies wether or not buttons must have the same width for horizontal layout.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-orient"><B>-orient (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the orientation of the button box. If this option is <B>horizontal</B>
(the default), buttons are added from top to bottom. 
If this option is <B>vertical</B>, buttons are added from left to right.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-padx"><B>-padx</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a default value for the -padx option of all added buttons.<BR>
Option has no effect for <I>themed</I> wigets.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-pady"><B>-pady</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a default value for the -pady option of all added buttons.<BR>
Option has no effect for <I>themed</I> wigets.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-spacing"><B>-spacing</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the default spacing between buttons. This value can be changed before each
call to <B>add</B>.

</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a state for all the buttons in the button box.  Can be any state supported by buttons.

</DD>
</DL>

<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="add"><I>pathName</I> <B>add</B></A>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Add a button to the button box.
<P>
See <A HREF="Button.html"><B>Button</B></A> for description of options.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="delete"><I>pathName</I> <B>delete</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Delete the button at <i>index</i> from the button box.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="index"><I>pathName</I> <B>index</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Return the numerical index corresponding to the item.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="insert"><I>pathName</I> <B>insert</B></A>
 <I>index</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Insert a new button into the button box before the given index.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="invoke"><I>pathName</I> <B>invoke</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Invoke the Button given by <I>index</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemcget"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of a configuration option for the item.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the item creation command.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemconfigure"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

This command is similar to the <B>configure</B> command, except that it applies to the
options for an individual item, whereas <B>configure</B> applies to the options for
the widget as a whole. <B>Options</B> may have any of the values accepted by the 
item creation widget command. If options are specified, options are modified as indicated
in the command and the command returns an empty string. If no options are specified,
returns a list describing the current options for the item.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setfocus"><I>pathName</I> <B>setfocus</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Set the focus to the Button given by <I>index</I>.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>ComboBox</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>ComboBox</B>
 - ComboBox widget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ComboBox</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="ArrowButton.html">OPTIONS from <B>ArrowButton</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-disabledforeground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-foreground or -fg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-state</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="Entry.html">OPTIONS from <B>Entry</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-command</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-disabledforeground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragenabled</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragendcmd</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragevent</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-draginitcmd</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragtype</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dropcmd</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dropenabled</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dropovercmd</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-droptypes</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-editable</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-entrybg (see <B>-background</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-entryfg (see <B>-foreground</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-exportselection</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-font</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptext</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptype</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helpvar</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightbackground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightcolor</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightthickness</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertbackground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertborderwidth</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertofftime</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertontime</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertwidth</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-justify</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectbackground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectborderwidth</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectforeground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-show</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-state</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-takefocus</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-text</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-textvariable</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-width</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-xscrollcommand</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-autocomplete">-autocomplete</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-autopost">-autopost</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-bwlistbox">-bwlistbox</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-expand">-expand</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-hottrack">-hottrack</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-images">-images</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-listboxwidth">-listboxwidth</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-modifycmd">-modifycmd</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-postcommand">-postcommand</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-values">-values</A></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bind"><B>bind</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#clearvalue"><B>clearvalue</B></A>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#get"><B>get</B></A></DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getentry"><B>getentry</B></A></DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getlistbox"><B>getlistbox</B></A></DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getvalue"><B>getvalue</B></A></DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#icursor"><B>icursor</B></A>
<I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#post"><B>post</B></A></DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setvalue"><B>setvalue</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#unpost"><B>unpost</B></A></DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

ComboBox widget enables the user to select a value among a list given by
the <B>values</B> option.  The list of possible values can be popped by
pressing the ArrowButton or by clicking in the entry when <B>editable</B>
value of the ComboBox is <B>false</B>.<BR> If <B>editable</B> value of the
ComboBox is <B>true</B> and the entry has the focus, the user can press the
top and bottom arrow keys to modify its value. If the current value exactly
match a value in the list, then the previous (for top arrow key) or then
next (for bottom arrow key) value in the list is displayed.  If the current
value match the beginning of a value in the list, then this value is
displayed.  If the current value doesnt match anything, then the first
value is displayed.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL>
    <DT><A NAME="-autocomplete"><B>-autocomplete</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    Specifies whether or not the combobox should attempt to auto-complete
    the value in the entry field as the user types.  If true, the combobox
    will fill in a value that it finds in its value list as the user types
    into the entry.
    </DD>
</DL>

<DL>
    <DT><A NAME="-autopost"><B>-autopost</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    Specifies whether or not the combobox should post the drop down as
    the user types.  If true, the combobox will post and scroll to the
    entry that most closely matches the user entry.
    </DD>
</DL>

<DL>
    <DT><A NAME="-bwlistbox"><B>-bwlistbox</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    Specifies that the combobox should use a BWidget listbox in its drop
    down instead of the standard Tk option.  This option is enabled by
    default if the <b>-images</b> option is not empty.
    </DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-expand"><B>-expand</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the value expansion behavior for the window. It must be
<B>none</B> (default) or <B>tab</B>. If <B>tab</B> is specified, then
a Tab binding is added to attempt to expand the current value based on
the other values in <B>-values</B>.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired height for the window, in lines. If zero or less,
then the desired height for the window is made just large enough to hold
all the elements in the listbox.
</DD>

<DL>
    <DT><A NAME="-hottrack"><B>-hottrack</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    The selection in the drop down listbox will follow the mouse cursor
    as it moves.
    </DD>
</DL>

<DL>
    <DT><A NAME="-images"><B>-images</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    A list of images that correspond to the <b>-values</b> option.  Each
    image will be drawn next to its value in the drop down.  This option
    enables the <b>-bwlistbox</b> by default as it is needed to display
    images.
    </DD>
</DL>

<DL>
    <DT><A NAME="-listboxwidth"><B>-listboxwidth</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    Specifies the width of the listbox in the drop down.  Defaults to the
    same size as the combobox.
    </DD>
</DL>

</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-modifycmd"><B>-modifycmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a Tcl command called when the user modify the value of the ComboBox by selecting it in the listbox or pressing arrow key.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-postcommand"><B>-postcommand</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a Tcl command called before the listbox of the ComboBox is mapped.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-values"><B>-values</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the values to display in the listbox of the ComboBox.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="bind"><I>pathName</I> <B>bind</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Set bindings on the entry widget.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="clearvalue"><I>pathName</I> <B>clearvalue</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Clears the current text of the ComboBox.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no
<I>option</I> is specified, returns a list describing all of the available
options for <I>pathName</I>.  If <I>option</I> is specified with no
<I>value</I>, then the command returns a list describing the one named
<I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of
the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or more
<I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the
given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command
returns an empty string.  <I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted
by the creation command.  Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="get"><I>pathName</I> <B>get</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current contents of the entry.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="getentry"><I>pathName</I> <B>getentry</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Returns the path to the contained entry widget.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="getlistbox"><I>pathName</I> <B>getlistbox</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Returns the path to the listbox in the drop down.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="getvalue"><I>pathName</I> <B>getvalue</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Returns the index of the current text of the ComboBox in the list of values,
or -1 if it doesn't match any value.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="icursor"><I>pathName</I> <B>icursor</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Arrange for the insertion cursor to be displayed just before the
character given by <i>index</i>.  Returns an empty string.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="post"><I>pathName</I> <B>post</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Post the drop down.

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="setvalue"><I>pathName</I> <B>setvalue</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Set the text of the ComboBox to the value indicated by <I>index</I> in the list of values.
<I>index</I> may be specified in any of the following forms:
<P>
<DL COMPACT>
<DT>
<B>last</B>
<DD>
Specifies the last element of the list of values.
<DT><B>first</B>
<DD>
Specifies the first element of the list of values.
<DT>
<B>next</B>
<DD>
Specifies the element following the current (ie returned by <B>getvalue</B>) in the list
of values.
<DT><B>previous</B>
<DD>
Specifies the element preceding the current (ie returned by <B>getvalue</B>) in the list
of values.
<DT>
@<I>number</I>
<DD>
Specifies the integer index in the list of values.
</DL>

</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="unpost"><I>pathName</I> <B>unpost</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Unpost the drop down.

</DD></DL>

<HR><BR><B>BINDINGS</B><BR><BR>

When Entry of the ComboBox has the input focus, it has the following bindings, in addition
to the default Entry bindings:
<UL>
<LI>Page up set the value of the ComboBox to the first value.
<LI>Page down set the value of the ComboBox to the last value.
<LI>Arrow up set the value of the ComboBox to the previous value.
<LI>Arrow down set the value of the ComboBox to the next value.
<LI>If <B>-autopost</B> is enabled, Escape unposts the listbox.
</UL>
If the listbox is not mapped and ComboBox is not editable or disabled,
mouse button 1 on the Entry cause the listbox to popup, as if the user press the ArrowButton.

</BODY></HTML>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>Dialog</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>Dialog</B>
 - Dialog abstraction with custom buttons
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>Dialog</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="ButtonBox.html">OPTIONS from <B>ButtonBox</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-homogeneous</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-padx</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-pady</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-spacing</TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-anchor">-anchor</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-bitmap">-bitmap</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>

<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-cancel">-cancel</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-default">-default</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-geometry">-geometry</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-image">-image</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-modal">-modal</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-parent">-parent</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-place">-place</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-separator">-separator</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-side">-side</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-title">-title</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-transient">-transient</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#add"><B>add</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#draw"><B>draw</B></A>
 ?<I>focus</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#enddialog"><B>enddialog</B></A>
 <I>result</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#invoke"><B>invoke</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemcget"><B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemconfigure"><B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setfocus"><B>setfocus</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#withdraw"><B>withdraw</B></A>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

Dialog widget enables the user to create a dialog box.
Some commands take an <I>index</I> as argument indicating on which
Button it work. This index is the same specified for equivalent ButtonBox command:
<P>
<DL COMPACT>
<DT>
<I>number</I>
<DD>
Specifies the Button numerically, where 0 corresponds
to the first added Button, 1 to the next, and so on.
<DT>
<B>end</B> or <B>last</B>
<DD>
Indicates the last item added.
<DT><B>default</B>
<DD>
Indicates the default Button.
</DL>

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-anchor"><B>-anchor (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the anchor point of the ButtonBox.
Must be one of <B>w</B>, <B>e</B>, <B>n</B>, <B>s</B> or <B>c</B>.
If <B>side</B> option is set to <I>top</I> or <I>bottom</I>,
<B>anchor</B> values <I>n</I>, <I>s</I> and <I>c</I> have the same effect.
If <B>side</B> option is set to <I>left</I> or <I>right</I>,
<B>anchor</B> values <I>w</I>, <I>e</I> and <I>c</I> have the same effect.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-bitmap"><B>-bitmap (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a bitmap to display at the left of the user frame.
<B>image</B> option override <B>bitmap</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-cancel"><B>-cancel</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the number of the cancel button of the Dialog. When user presses Esc or the windows close button,
this button is invoked.<BR>
If set to <B>-1</B>, Esc does not invoke anything.
The window close button <I>destroys</I> the dialog in this case and returns <B>-1</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-default"><B>-default</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the number of the default button of the Dialog.
When user press Return in the Dialog, this button is invoked.
</DD>
</DL>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-geometry"><B>-geometry</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Set the <B>geometry</B> used when method <B>draw</B> is called.
See <B>wm geometry</B> for a parameter description.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-image"><B>-image (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an image to display at the left of the user frame.
<B>image</B> option override <B>bitmap</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-modal"><B>-modal</B></A></DT>
<DD>

This option must be <B>none</B>, <B>local</B> or <B>global</B>. The value of this option
specifies the grab mode of the dialog and how works Dialog::<B>draw</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-parent"><B>-parent</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Parent of the Dialog. Dialog is placed relative to its parent. If empty, it is
placed relative to the root window. Also see <B>place</B> option.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-place"><B>-place</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Specifies where to draw the Dialog toplevel relative to the dialog's
parent. Must be one of <B>none</B>, <B>center</B>, <B>left</B>, <B>right</B>,
<B>above</B>, <B>below</B>. Default value of <B>place</B> is <I>center</I>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-separator"><B>-separator (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies wether or not to draw a separator between the user frame and the ButtonBox.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-side"><B>-side (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies where to draw the ButtonBox relative to the user frame. Must be one of
<B>top</B>, <B>left</B>, <B>bottom</B> or <B>right</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-title"><B>-title</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Title of the Dialog toplevel.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-transient"><B>-transient (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies if the Dialog Toplevel should be a transient window or not. Default
value of <B>transient</B> is <I>true</I>.

</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="add"><I>pathName</I> <B>add</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Add a button to the button box of the dialog box. Default -command option is
<I>Dialog::enddialog $path index</I> where <I>index</I> is number of button added.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="draw"><I>pathName</I> <B>draw</B></A>
 ?<I>focus</I>?
</DT><DD>

This command draw the Dialog, and set grab to it following <B>modal</B> option.
If <B>modal</B> option is set to <I>none</I>, the command returns immediatly
an empty string. In all other case, the command returns when Dialog::<B>enddialog</B>
is called or when Dialog is destroyed.
The return value is the result argument of Dialog::<B>enddialog</B> or -1 if it is destroyed.
<P>
By default, the focus is set to the default button referenced by <B>default</B> option,
or to the toplevel of Dialog if no default button has been set.
If <I>focus</I> is present, it must be a pathname, or an index to a button.
Initial focus is set on this pathname or corresponding button.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="enddialog"><I>pathName</I> <B>enddialog</B></A>
 <I>result</I>
</DT><DD>

This command is typically called within a command of a button to make Dialog::<B>draw</B>
return.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Returns the pathname of the user window.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="invoke"><I>pathName</I> <B>invoke</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Invoke the Button given by <I>index</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemcget"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of a configuration option for the item.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the item creation command.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemconfigure"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

This command is similar to the <B>configure</B> command, except that it applies to the
options for an individual item, whereas <B>configure</B> applies to the options for
the widget as a whole. <B>Options</B> may have any of the values accepted by the 
item creation widget command. If options are specified, options are modified as indicated
in the command and the command returns an empty string. If no options are specified,
returns a list describing the current options for the item.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setfocus"><I>pathName</I> <B>setfocus</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Set the focus to the Button given by <I>index</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="withdraw"><I>pathName</I> <B>withdraw</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Call this command to hide the dialog box.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>DragSite</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>DragSite</B>
 - Commands set for Drag facilities
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD>DragSite::<A HREF="#include"><B>include</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>type</I>
 <I>event</I>
</DD>
<DD>DragSite::<A HREF="#register"><B>register</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DD>
<DD>DragSite::<A HREF="#setdrag"><B>setdrag</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 <I>initcmd</I>
 <I>endcmd</I>
 ?<I>force</I>?
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

Commands of this namespace enable user to define a BWidget or a Tk widget as a drag site.



</P>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="include">DragSite::<B>include</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>type</I>
 <I>event</I>
</DT><DD>

This command provides a simple way to include options relatives to a drag site into
BWidget resources definition.
It includes the options needed for <B>register</B>: <I>-dragevent</I>, initialized to
<I>event</I>, <I>-draginitcmd</I> and <I>-dragendcmd</I>, initialized to empty string,
and two new options:
<TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=1>
<TR><TD><I>-dragenabled</I><TD>Specifies wether or not drag is active (initialized to 0)
<TR><TD><I>-dragtype</I><TD>Default or alternate dragged data type (initialized to <I>type</I>)
</TABLE>

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="register">DragSite::<B>register</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DT><DD>

This command is used to declare <I>path</I> as a drag site. Options are:

<P>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DragSite-dragendcmd"><B>-dragendcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Command called when drag terminates (ie when user release drag icon).
This command is called with the following arguments:
<UL>
<LI>the pathname of the drag source (the widget itself),
<LI>the pathname of the drop target,
<LI>the operation,
<LI>the type of the dragged data,
<LI>the dragged data,
<LI>result of the drop (result of the call to <B>-dropcmd</B> of the target),
</UL>
If the drop does not occurs, the target and the operation are empty string and the result
is 0.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DragSite-dragevent"><B>-dragevent</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the number of the mouse button associated to the drag.
Must be <B>1</B>, <B>2</B> or <B>3</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DragSite-draginitcmd"><B>-draginitcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Command called when drag initiates. When the event of option <B>dragevent</B> occurs on
<I>path</I>, this command is called with the following arguments:
<UL>
<LI>pathname of the drag source (<I>path</I>),
<LI>root x-coordinate of pointer,
<LI>root y-coordinate of pointer,
<LI>a toplevel created to represent dragged data. When returning, if it
has no children, a bitmap is automatically displayed.
</UL>
If the command returns an empty string, then the drag will be
suppressed.  Otherwise the command must return a list containing three
elements:
<UL>
<LI>the type of the data,
<LI>the list of acceptable basic operations (<B>copy</B>, <B>move</B> and <B>link</B>)
<LI>and the data.
</UL>
Note that even if <B>copy</B> does not appear in the list of basic
operation, it is considered as an acceptable operation, since
<B>copy</B> semantic does not modify the drag source.

</DD>
</DL>
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setdrag">DragSite::<B>setdrag</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 <I>initcmd</I>
 <I>endcmd</I>
 ?<I>force</I>?
</DT><DD>

This command provides a simple way to call <B>register</B> during a BWidget creation or
configuration.
<UL>
<LI><I>path</I> is the pathname of the BWidget,
<LI><I>subpath</I> is the pathname of the tk widget where drag event occurs,
<LI><I>initcmd</I> BWidget command for <I>drag-init</I> event,
<LI><I>endcmd</I> BWidget command for <I>drag-end</I> event,
<LI><I>force</I> specifies wether or not to call <B>register</B> whenever no option value has
changed (0 by default - for BWidget configuration, use 1 for BWidget creation).
</UL>
<B>setdrag</B> verifies the modification flag of options <B>dragenabled</B> and
<B>dragevent</B> and calls <B>register</B> if needed according to the options values and
<I>initcmd</I> and <I>endcmd</I> arguments. <B>draginitcmd</B> and <B>dragendcmd</B> are not
taken from options of widget  because they are considered as user command, called by
BWidget implementation of <I>drag-init</I> and <I>drag-end</I> events.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>DropSite</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>DropSite</B>
 - Commands set for Drop facilities
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD>DropSite::<A HREF="#include"><B>include</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>types</I>
</DD>
<DD>DropSite::<A HREF="#register"><B>register</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DD>
<DD>DropSite::<A HREF="#setcursor"><B>setcursor</B></A>
 <I>cursor</I>
</DD>
<DD>DropSite::<A HREF="#setdrop"><B>setdrop</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 <I>dropover</I>
 <I>drop</I>
 ?<I>force</I>?
</DD>
<DD>DropSite::<A HREF="#setoperation"><B>setoperation</B></A>
 <I>op</I>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

Commands of this namespace enable user to define a BWidget or a Tk widget as a drop site.
A drop site is composed of the type of object that can be dropped and associated operation,
a command called when drop occurs, and a command when an object is dragged over the widget.
A drop site must have at least one type of acceptable object and a drop command.

</P>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="include">DropSite::<B>include</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>types</I>
</DT><DD>

This command provides a simple way to include options relatives to a drop site into
BWidget resources definition.
It includes the options needed for <B>register</B>, <I>-dropovercmd</I> and <I>-dropcmd</I>,
initialized to empty string, and <I>-droptypes</I>, initialized to <I>types</I>,
and one new option:
<TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=1>
<TR><TD><I>-dropenabled</I><TD>Specifies wether or not drop is active (initialized to 0)
</TABLE>

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="register">DropSite::<B>register</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DT><DD>

This command is used to declare <I>path</I> as a drop site. Options are:

<P>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DropSite-dropcmd"><B>-dropcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

This command is called when user release the drag icon over a valid
drop target widget.  Arguments passed to the command are:

<UL>
<LI>pathname of the drop target (the widget itself),
<LI>pathname of the drag source,
<LI>root x-coordinate of the pointer,
<LI>root y-coordinate of the pointer,
<LI>operation,
<LI>type of the dragged data,
<LI>dragged data.
</UL>

Its return values is passed as a result to the <B>-dragendcmd</B>
command of the drag source widget.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DropSite-dropovercmd"><B>-dropovercmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

This command can be used to provide a dynamic drag while <I>drag-over</I> events.
While a drag occurs, events &lt;Enter&gt;, &lt;Motion&gt; and &lt;Leave&gt; are catched.
Arguments passed to the command are:
<UL>
<LI>pathname of the drop target (the widget itself),
<LI>pathname of the drag source,
<LI>event over the drop target: <I>enter</I>, <I>motion</I> or <I>leave</I>,
<LI>root x-coordinate of the pointer,
<LI>root y-coordinate of the pointer,
<LI>operation,
<LI>type of the dragged data,
<LI>dragged data.
</UL>
Command must the new status of the drag:
<UL>
<LI>0  if widget refuse this drag. Command will not be recalled on motion/leave event.
<LI>1  if widget accept this drag. Command will not be recalled on motion/leave event.
<LI>2  if widget refuse this drag. Command will be recalled on each motion event to reevaluate.
<LI>3  if widget accept this drag. Command will be recalled on each motion event to reevaluate.

</UL>
Here is a list of events and associated actions on a DropSite widget. This example
assumes that dragged data type is valid for the drop target.
<B>status</B> is the status of the drag on a DropSite. Its value is:
<BR><BR>

<TABLE BORDER CELLSPACING=1 CELLPADDING=4>
<TR>
<TD WIDTH="18%" VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="CENTER">Event</TD>
<TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="CENTER">Old status</TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="CENTER">Action</TD>
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="CENTER">New status</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="18%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=2>
<FONT SIZE=2>&lt;Enter&gt;</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=2>
<FONT SIZE=2>-</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>if DropSite has <B>dropovercmd</B>, call it with <I>enter</I></FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>result of <B>dropovercmd</B></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>else</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>1</FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="18%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=2>
<FONT SIZE=2>&lt;Motion&gt;</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>0 or 1</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">&nbsp;</TD>
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>unchanged</FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>2 or 3</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dropovercmd</B> with <I>motion</I></FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>result of <B>dropovercmd</B></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="18%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=2>
<FONT SIZE=2>&lt;Leave&gt;</FONT>&nbsp;</TD>
<TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>0 or 1</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">&nbsp;</TD>
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>-</FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>2 or 3</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dropovercmd</B> with <I>leave</I></FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>-</FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="18%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=4>
<FONT SIZE=2>&lt;Drop&gt;</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>0</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dragendcmd</B> of drag source</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=4>
<FONT SIZE=2>-</FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>1</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dropcmd</B> and call <B>dragendcmd</B> of drag source</FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>2</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dropovercmd</B> with <I>leave</I> and call <B>dragendcmd</B> of drag source</FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>3</FONT></TD>
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP">
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dropcmd</B> and call <B>dragendcmd</B> of drag source</FONT></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
<BR>

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DropSite-droptypes"><B>-droptypes</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a list {<I>type</I> <I>oplist</I> ?<I>type</I> <I>oplist</I>? ...} of acceptable
types and associated operations for the drop target.
For each type, <I>oplist</I> is a list
{<I>descops</I> <I>mod</I> ?<I>descops</I> <I>mod</I>? ...} describing operations and
modifier keys for these operations.
<I>descops</I> describe an operation. It can be a predefined operations (<B>copy</B>,
<B>move</B> or <B>link</B>) or a new user defined operation, of the form {<I>subop</I>
<B>baseop</B> ?<I>bitmap</I>?}.
<I>subop</I> is the name given to the sub operation, <I>baseop</I> is the name of the
base operation (<B>copy</B>, <B>move</B> or <B>link</B>) and <I>bitmap</I> is a bitmap
to display for the operation.
<BR>If <I>bitmap</I> is empty, the default bitmap of the base operation is used for the
sub operation.
<BR><I>subop</I> can be a base operation, in order to change the bitmap of a base operation.
In this case, <I>baseop</I> must be empty or equal to <I>subop</I>.
<BR><I>mod</I> is the modifer key for the operation. It can be:
<UL>
<LI><B>none</B> to specify that no modifier key is pressed. This modifier can only be used
with a sub operation named <B>default</B> (and vice versa), which has the behaviour of not
display any bitmap operation. For all type, if the modifier <B>none</B> is not given, it is
automatically associated to the <B>default</B> sub operation of a <B>copy</B> base operation.
<LI><B>program</B> to specifies a sub operation accessible only by <B>DropSite::setoperation</B>.
<LI>A list combining <B>shift</B>, <B>control</B> and <B>alt</B>, which means their 
corresponding key.
</UL>

</DD>
</DL>
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setcursor">DropSite::<B>setcursor</B></A>
 <I>cursor</I>
</DT><DD>

This command can be used within the script <B>dragovercmd</B>. It is usefull to provide
visual effect about the state of the drag.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setdrop">DropSite::<B>setdrop</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 <I>dropover</I>
 <I>drop</I>
 ?<I>force</I>?
</DT><DD>

This command provides a simple way to call <B>register</B> during a BWidget creation or
configuration.
<UL>
<LI><I>path</I> is the pathname of the BWidget,
<LI><I>subpath</I> is the pathname of the tk widget where drag event occurs,
<LI><I>dropover</I> is a command for <I>drag-over</I> event,
<LI><I>drop</I> is a command for <I>drop</I> event,
<LI><I>force</I> specifies wether or not to call <B>register</B> whenever no option value
has changed (0 by default - for BWidget configuration, use 1 for BWidget creation).
</UL>
<B>setdrop</B> verifies the modification flag of options <B>dropenabled</B> and
<B>droptypes</B> and calls <B>register</B> if needed according to the options values and
<I>dropover</I> and <I>drop</I> arguments. <B>dropovercmd</B> and <B>dropcmd</B> are not
taken from options of widget because they are considered as user command, called by
BWidget implementation of <I>drag-over</I> and <I>drop</I> events.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setoperation">DropSite::<B>setoperation</B></A>
 <I>op</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>DynamicHelp</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>DynamicHelp</B>
 - Provide help to Tk widget or BWidget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#add"><B>add</B></A>
<i>widget</i> ?<I>option value ...</I>?
</DD>
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#delete"><B>delete</B></A>
<i>widget</i>
</DD>
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#include"><B>include</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>type</I>
</DD>
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#register"><B>register</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>type</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#sethelp"><B>sethelp</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 ?<I>force</I>?
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>
Description text
</P>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">COMMAND</A></B><BR>

<DL><DT><A NAME="add">DynamicHelp::<B>add</B></A>
 ?<I>option value ...</I>?
</DT><DD>
<p>
This command adds dynamic help to the given <i>widget</i>.
</p>
    <DL><DT><A NAME="add-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    	If specified, refers to a command to execute to get the help
	text to display.  The command must return a string to display.
	If the command returns an empty string, no help is displayed.
    </DD>
    </DL>

    <DL><DT><A NAME="add-index"><B>-index</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
	If specified, refers to a menu index to bind the help to instead of
	a widget.  If <b>-type</b> is not menu, this option is ignored.
    </DD>
    </DL>

    <DL><DT><A NAME="add-item"><B>-item</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    	If specified, refers to an item or tag on a canvas widget or to a tag
        in a text widget to bind the help to instead of to a widget.
    </DD>
    </DL>

    <DL><DT><A NAME="add-type"><B>-type</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
	Specifies the type of help.  Can be:
	<b>balloon</b>, <b>variable</b> or <b>menu</b>.
	Default is <b>balloon</b>.
    </DD>
    </DL>

    <DL><DT><A NAME="add-text"><B>-text</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    	The text to be displayed as help.
    </DD>
    </DL>

    <DL><DT><A NAME="add-variable"><B>-variable</B></A></DT>
    <DD>
    	Specifies a variable name to which the help string will be
        written.  Some other widget (e.g., a status bar) is
        responsible for displaying this variable.
    </DD>
    </DL>

    <p>
    Creating dynamic help for a menu is a two-step process.  The menu
    itself must first be added and then each menu entry must be added
    separately.  Here is a brief example.
    </p>

    <TABLE BORDER=2 CELLSPACING=2 WIDTH="80%">
    <TR><TD><PRE>
    <FONT COLOR=red><I># create menu</I></FONT>
    menu .m -type menubar
    <FONT COLOR=red><I># associate menubar to toplevel BEFORE DynamicHelp::register</I></FONT>
    <FONT COLOR=red><I># to make it works with menu clone name</I></FONT>
    . configure -menu .m
    .m add cascade -label "File" -menu .m.file
    menu .m.file
    .m.file add command -label "Open..."
    .m.file add command -label "Quit"
    <FONT COLOR=red><I># create label for help, using variable varinfo</I></FONT>
    label .l -textvariable varinfo
    <FONT COLOR=red><I># associate all entries of menu .m.file to variable varinfo</I></FONT>
    DynamicHelp::add .m.file -type menu -variable varinfo
    <FONT COLOR=red><I># then declare entries of .m.file</I></FONT>
    DynamicHelp::add .m.file -type menu -index 0 -text "Detach menu"
    DynamicHelp::add .m.file -type menu -index 1 -text "Open a file"
    DynamicHelp::add .m.file -type menu -index 2 -text "Exit demo"
    </PRE></TD></TR></TABLE></CENTER>

</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="configure">DynamicHelp::<B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>
This command configure the ballon help.
<P>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DynamicHelp-borderwidth"><B>-borderwidth</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Width of the black border around the balloon.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DynamicHelp-delay"><B>-delay</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Define the delay in millisecond of mouse inactivity before displaying
the balloon.
</DD>
</DL>
<dl>
    <dt><a name="DynamicHelp-state"><b>-state</b></a></dt>
    <dd>
    Specifies one of two states for help balloons: <b>normal</b> and
    <b>disabled</b>.
    </dd>
    <dd>
    If <b>state</b> is <b>disabled</b>, help balloons will not be displayed
    for any registered widget.
    </dd>
</dl>
<DL><DT><A NAME="DynamicHelp-topbackground"><B>-topbackground</B></A></DT>
<DD>
The background color of the toplevel window created for a balloon.
</DD>
</DL>
<BR>Other standard options are:
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-justify">-justify</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-padx">-padx</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-pady">-pady</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="delete">DynamicHelp::<B>delete</B></A>
 <I>widget</I>
</DT><DD>
    Delete all dynamic help for the given <i>widget</i>.
</DD></DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="include">DynamicHelp::<B>include</B></A>
 <I>class</I>
 <I>type</I>
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="register">DynamicHelp::<B>register</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>type</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>
<p>
<b>Its use is deprecated.  Use <i>DynamicHelp::add</i> instead.</b>
</p>

Register a help text to the widget <I>path</I>.
<I>type</I> determines the type of the help or the type of the widget.
Depending on <I>type</I>, other options must be provided.
<BR>
<TABLE CELLSPACING=5 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR><TD><B>    type      </B></TD><TD><B>     options      </B></TD></TR>
<TR><TD><B><I> balloon   </I></B></TD><TD><I> ?tagOrItem? text </I></TD></TR>
<TR><TD><B><I> variable  </I></B></TD><TD><I> ?tagOrItem? varName text </I></TD></TR>
<TR><TD><B><I> menu      </I></B></TD><TD><I> varName      </I></TD></TR>
<TR><TD><B><I> menuentry </I></B></TD><TD><I> index text   </I></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
<BR>If one of the option is missing or is empty, help is removed for this widget.
<p>

If <i>tagOrItem</i> is specified, then <i>path</i> is a canvas or a text. In
case of a canvas, <i>tagOrItem</i> is the name of a tag or item on the canvas
to which the help will be bound. In case of a text, <i>tagOrItem</i> is the
name of a tag on the text to which the help will be bound.

</p>
For type other than <I>balloon</I>, <I>varName</I> is typically a variable
linked to a label.
<BR>For menu, balloon type help is not available. To declare a help for menu,
you first declare the menu, and then entries of this menu.
<BR>For example:
<BR><BR>
<CENTER>
<TABLE BORDER=2 CELLSPACING=2 WIDTH="80%">
<TR><TD><PRE>
     <FONT COLOR=red><I># create menu</I></FONT>
menu .m -type menubar
<FONT COLOR=red><I># associate menubar to toplevel BEFORE DynamicHelp::register</I></FONT>
<FONT COLOR=red><I># to make it works with menu clone name</I></FONT>
. configure -menu .m
.m add cascade -label "File" -menu .m.file
menu .m.file
.m.file add command -label "Open..."
.m.file add command -label "Quit"
<FONT COLOR=red><I># create label for help, using variable varinfo</I></FONT>
label .l -textvariable varinfo
<FONT COLOR=red><I># associate all entries of menu .m.file to variable varinfo</I></FONT>
DynamicHelp::register .m.file menu varinfo
<FONT COLOR=red><I># then declare entries of .m.file</I></FONT>
DynamicHelp::register .m.file menuentry 0 "Detach menu"
DynamicHelp::register .m.file menuentry 1 "Open a file"
DynamicHelp::register .m.file menuentry 2 "Exit demo"
</PRE></TD></TR></TABLE></CENTER>
<BR>
<BR>Notice that if popup menu is owned by a menubar, you must associate first the menubar
to its toplevel. In this case, when you create a menu popup, its clone window is also
created, and DynamicHelp::register detects the exitence of the clone window and maps
events to it.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="sethelp">DynamicHelp::<B>sethelp</B></A>
 <I>path</I>
 <I>subpath</I>
 ?<I>force</I>?
</DT><DD>
Description text
</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>Entry</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>Entry</B>
 - Entry widget with <B>state</B> option, dynamic help and drag and drop facilities
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>Entry</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DT><I>Not themed</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledbackground">-disabledbackground</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledforeground">-disabledforeground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-exportselection">-exportselection</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-insertbackground">-insertbackground</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-insertborderwidth">-insertborderwidth</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-insertofftime">-insertofftime</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-insertontime">-insertontime</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-insertwidth">-insertwidth</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-justify">-justify</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-selectbackground">-selectbackground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-selectborderwidth">-selectborderwidth</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-selectforeground">-selectforeground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-text">-text</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-xscrollcommand">-xscrollcommand</A></TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>Themed</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-exportselection">-exportselection</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-insertofftime">-insertofftime</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-insertontime">-insertontime</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-insertwidth">-insertwidth</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-justify">-justify</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-text">-text</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-xscrollcommand">-xscrollcommand</A></TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-command">-command</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragenabled">-dragenabled</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragendcmd">-dragendcmd</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragevent">-dragevent</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-draginitcmd">-draginitcmd</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragtype">-dragtype</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropcmd">-dropcmd</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropenabled">-dropenabled</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropovercmd">-dropovercmd</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-droptypes">-droptypes</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-editable">-editable</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helptext">-helptext</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helptype">-helptype</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helpvar">-helpvar</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-show">-show</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-state">-state</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#invoke"><B>invoke</B></A>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

The <B>Entry</B> widget extends the default Tk entry. Options have been added to provide
visual effect depending on the state of the Entry,
<A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A> options,
and <A HREF="DragSite.html">Drag</A> and
<A HREF="DropSite.html">Drop</A>.
Entry behaves much like a Label, with <B>text</B> option to set its contents.
<BR>Tk entry command can also be used on Entry widget.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command when user press &lt;Return&gt; in the Entry.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragenabled"><B>-dragenabled</B></A></DT>
<DD>
A boolean specifying if drag is enabled.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragendcmd"><B>-dragendcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when drag ended.
<B>dragendcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the
option <B>dragendcmd</B> of <B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

<BR>If <B>dragendcmd</B> is empty, the internal <I>dragend</I> command updates the entry
following the operation (<B>move</B> or <B>copy</B>) and the dragged data
(whole or selected part of the entry).

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragevent"><B>-dragevent</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the number of the mouse button associated to the drag.
Must be <B>1</B>, <B>2</B> or <B>3</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-draginitcmd"><B>-draginitcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when <B>dragevent</B> occurs on widget.
<B>draginitcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the
option <B>draginitcmd</B> of <B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

<BR>if <B>draginitcmd</B> is empty, the command refuse the drag if entry is empty or if
portion of text is selected and event doesn't occur above the selection. In all other cases,
the command returns:
<UL>
<LI>as the data type, the value of option <B>dragtype</B> or <I>TEXT</I> if empty,
<LI>as the operations, <I>{copy move}</I> if <B>state</B> is normal and <B>editable</B>
is true, or <I>{copy}</I> only in other cases, 
<LI>as the data, the whole content or the selected portion of the entry.
</UL>

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragtype"><B>-dragtype</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an alternate type of dragged object.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropcmd"><B>-dropcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Entry has a command wrapper for <I>drop</I> events. This command stops auto scrolling
and extract current position.
<BR>If <B>dropcmd</B> is not empty, it is called with the following arguments:
<UL>
<LI>the pathname of the Entry,
<LI>the pathname of the drag source,
<LI>the numeric index in the entry designated by the cursor,
<LI>the current operation,
<LI>the data type,
<LI>the data.
</UL>
and must return a value conforming to <B>dropcmd</B> option described in
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>.
If <B>dropcmd</B> is empty, the wrapper updates the entry following the type of data:
<DL><DD><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=1>
<TR><TD><I>COLOR</I> or <I>FGCOLOR</I></TD>
<TD>reconfigure the <B>foreground</B> of the Entry</TD>
<TR><TD><I>BGCOLOR</I></TD>
<TD>reconfigure the <B>background</B> of the Entry</TD>
<TR><TD><I>TEXT</I>,<BR>or any other tag</TD>
<TD>reconfigure the Entry to display the associated string.</TD>
</TABLE></DL>
and returns 1.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropenabled"><B>-dropenabled</B></A></DT>
<DD>
A boolean specifying if drop is enabled.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropovercmd"><B>-dropovercmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Entry has a command wrapper for <I>drag-over</I> events. This command enables auto scrolling
and position extraction during the <I>drag-over</I>.
<BR>If <B>dropovercmd</B> is empty, the wrapper accepts the drop if <B>editable</b> option is
true and <B>state</B> option is normal.
<BR>If <B>dropovercmd</B> is not empty, it is called with the following arguments:
<UL>
<LI>the pathname of the Entry,
<LI>the pathname of the drag source,
<LI>the event,
<LI>the numeric index in the entry designated by the cursor,
<LI>the current operation,
<LI>the data type,
<LI>the data.
</UL>
and must return a value conforming to <B>dropovercmd</B> option described in
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-droptypes"><B>-droptypes</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a list of accepted dropped object/operation.
See option <B>droptypes</B> of
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>.
for more infromation.

Default accepts <I>FGCOLOR</I>, <I>COLOR</I>, <I>BGCOLOR</I> and <I>TEXT</I>,
all with <B>copy</B> and <B>move</B> operations.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-editable"><B>-editable</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies whether the Entry is editable by the user. Equivalent to the <B>state</B> option
of the Tk entry widget.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptext"><B>-helptext</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Text for dynamic help. If empty, no help is available for this widget.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptype"><B>-helptype</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Type of dynamic help. Use <I>balloon</I> or <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helpvar"><B>-helpvar</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Variable to use when <B>helptype</B> option is <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-show"><B>-show</B></A></DT>
<DD>

If this option is specified, then the true contents of the entry are not displayed in the
window. Instead, each character in the entry's value will be displayed as the first character
in the value of this option, such as ``*''. This is useful, for example, if the entry is to
be used to enter a password. If characters in the entry are selected and copied elsewhere, the
information copied will be what is displayed, not the true contents of the entry.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies one of two states for the Entry:  <B>normal</B> or <B>disabled</B>.
In normal state the text of the Entry is displayed using the <B>foreground</B> option.
In disabled state the text of the Entry is displayed using the <B>disabledforeground</B>
option. If the entry is disabled then the value may not be changed by user input
and no insertion cursor will be displayed, even if the input focus is in the widget.
Disabled state is the same as not editable with visual effect.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the entry window, in average-size
characters of the widget's font. If the value is less than or equal to zero, the widget picks
a size just large enough to hold its current text.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="invoke"><I>pathName</I> <B>invoke</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Calls the command specified by the option <B>-command</B>.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>Label</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>Label</B>
 - Label widget with <B>state</B> option, dynamic help and drag and drop facilities
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>Label</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DT><I>Not themed</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-anchor">-anchor</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-bitmap">-bitmap</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor">-cursor</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledforeground">-disabledforeground</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-image">-image</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-justify">-justify</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-padx">-padx</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-pady">-pady</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-text">-text</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-wraplength">-wraplength</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
<DT><I>Themed</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-anchor">-anchor</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor">-cursor</A></TD></TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD>
</TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-image">-image</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-justify">-justify</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-text">-text</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-wraplength">-wraplength</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragenabled">-dragenabled</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragendcmd">-dragendcmd</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragevent">-dragevent</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-draginitcmd">-draginitcmd</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragtype">-dragtype</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropcmd">-dropcmd</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropenabled">-dropenabled</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropovercmd">-dropovercmd</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-droptypes">-droptypes</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-focus">-focus</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helptext">-helptext</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helptype">-helptype</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-helpvar">-helpvar</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-name">-name</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-state">-state</A></TR>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-underline">-underline</A></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setfocus"><B>setfocus</B></A>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

The <B>Label</B> widget extends the default Tk label. Options have been added to provide
visual effect depending on the state of the Label, <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A> options, and <A HREF="DragSite.html">Drag
</A> and <A HREF="DropSite.html">Drop</A>.
</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragenabled"><B>-dragenabled</B></A></DT>
<DD>
A boolean specifying if drag is enabled.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragendcmd"><B>-dragendcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when drag ended.
<B>dragendcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the
option <B>dragendcmd</B> of <B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragevent"><B>-dragevent</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the number of the mouse button associated to the drag.
Must be <B>1</B>, <B>2</B> or <B>3</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-draginitcmd"><B>-draginitcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when <B>dragevent</B> occurs on widget.
<B>draginitcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the
option <B>draginitcmd</B> of <B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

<BR>If <B>draginitcmd</B> is empty, the internal <B>draginitcmd</B> command is used instead
and returns:
<DL><DD><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=1>
<TR><TD valign=top><I>IMAGE&nbsp;{copy}&nbsp;&lt;image&nbsp;name&gt;</I>
<TD>if an image is displayed.
<TR><TD valign=top><I>BITMAP&nbsp;{copy}&nbsp;&lt;bitmap&nbsp;name&gt;</I>
<TD>if a bitmap is displayed.
<TR><TD valign=top><I>TEXT&nbsp;{copy}&nbsp;&lt;text&gt;</I>
<TD>if a text is displayed.
</TABLE></DL>
Note that if <B>dragtype</B> option is not empty, its value is used instead of those above.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragtype"><B>-dragtype</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an alternate type of dragged object.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropcmd"><B>-dropcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when drop occurs on the widget.
<B>dropcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the
option <B>dropcmd</B> of <B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

<BR>If <B>dropcmd</B> is empty, the command updates the label following the type of the data:
<DL><DD><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=1>
<TR><TD><I>COLOR</I> or <I>FGCOLOR</I></TD>
<TD>reconfigure the <B>foreground</B> of the Label.</TD>
<TR><TD><I>BGCOLOR</I></TD>
<TD>reconfigure the <B>background</B> of the Label.</TD>
<TR><TD><I>IMAGE</I></TD>
<TD>reconfigure the Label to display the associated image.</TD>
<TR><TD><I>BITMAP</I></TD>
<TD>reconfigure the Label to display the associated bitmap.
<B>image</B> option is set to empty.</TD>
<TR><TD><I>TEXT</I>,<BR>or any other tag</TD>
<TD>reconfigure the Label to display the associated string.
<B>image</B> and <B>bitmap</B> options are set to empty.</TD>
</TABLE></DL>
and returns 1.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropenabled"><B>-dropenabled</B></A></DT>
<DD>
A boolean specifying if drop is enabled.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropovercmd"><B>-dropovercmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when drag icon is over the widget.
<B>dropovercmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the
option <B>dropovercmd</B> of <B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

<BR>If <B>dropovercmd</B> is empty, Label always accepts the drop if data type is
<I>FGCOLOR</I>, <I>COLOR</I>, <I>BGCOLOR</I>, and accepts all other data type only if
<B>state</B> is normal.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-droptypes"><B>-droptypes</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a list of accepted dropped object/operation.
See option <B>droptypes</B> of
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>.
for more infromation.

Default accepts <I>FGCOLOR</I>, <I>COLOR</I>, <I>BGCOLOR</I>, <I>TEXT</I>, <I>BITMAP</I>
and <I>IMAGE</I>, all with <B>copy</B> and <B>move</B> operations.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-focus"><B>-focus</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a pathname to set the focus on for Label::<B>setfocus</B> command.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a desired height for the label.
If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the label then the value is in
screen units, for text it is in lines of text.
If this option isn't specified, the label's desired height is computed
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it.<BR>
Option not available for <I>themed</I> widgets.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptext"><B>-helptext</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Text for dynamic help. If empty, no help is available for this widget.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptype"><B>-helptype</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Type of dynamic help. Use <I>balloon</I> or <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helpvar"><B>-helpvar</B></A></DT>
<DD>
Variable to use when <B>helptype</B> option is <I>variable</I>.
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-name"><B>-name</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a standard name for the label. If the option <B>*<I>name</I>Name</B> is
found in the resource database, then <B>text</B> and <B>underline</B> options
are extracted from its value.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies one of two states for the Label:  <B>normal</B> or <B>disabled</B>.
In normal state the text of the Label is displayed using the <B>foreground</B> option.
In disabled state the text of the Label is displayed using the <B>disabledforeground</B> option.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-underline"><B>-underline</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the integer index of a character to underline in the label.
0 corresponds to the first character of the text displayed, 1 to the next character,
and so on.
<BR>The binding <B>&lt;Alt-<I>char</I>&gt;</B> is automatically set on the toplevel
of the Label to call Label::<B>setfocus</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a desired width for the label.
If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the label then the value is in
screen units, for text it is in characters.
If this option isn't specified, the label's desired width is computed
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it.

</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setfocus"><I>pathName</I> <B>setfocus</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Set the focus on the pathname given by <B>-focus</B> option if <B>-state</B> is <I>normal</I>.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>LabelEntry</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>LabelEntry</B>
 - 
LabelFrame containing an Entry widget.

</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>LabelEntry</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="Entry.html">OPTIONS from <B>Entry</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-borderwidth or -bd</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-command</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-disabledforeground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragenabled</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragendcmd</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragevent</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-draginitcmd</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dragtype</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dropcmd</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dropenabled</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-dropovercmd</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-droptypes</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-editable</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-entrybg (see <B>-background</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-entryfg (see <B>-foreground</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-exportselection</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-font</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptext</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptype</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helpvar</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightbackground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightcolor</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-highlightthickness</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertbackground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertborderwidth</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertofftime</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertontime</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-insertwidth</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-justify</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-relief</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectbackground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectborderwidth</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-selectforeground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-show</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-state</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-takefocus</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-text</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-textvariable</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-width</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-xscrollcommand</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="LabelFrame.html">OPTIONS from <B>LabelFrame</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-disabledforeground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-foreground or -fg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptext</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptype</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helpvar</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-label (see <B>-text</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-labelanchor (see <B>-anchor</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-labelfont (see <B>-font</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-labelheight (see <B>-height</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-labeljustify (see <B>-justify</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-labelwidth (see <B>-width</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-name</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-padx</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-pady</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-side</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-state</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-underline</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-wraplength</TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bind"><B>bind</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

LabelEntry is a widget composed of <A HREF="LabelFrame.html">LabelFrame</A> widget
containing an <A HREF="Entry.html">Entry</A> widget.
Tk entry command can also be used on LabelEntry widget.

</P>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="bind"><I>pathName</I> <B>bind</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Set bindings on the entry widget.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>LabelFrame</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>LabelFrame</B>
 - Frame with a Label
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>LabelFrame</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="Label.html">OPTIONS from <B>Label</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-anchor</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-bitmap</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-disabledforeground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-focus</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-font</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-foreground or -fg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-height</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptext</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helptype</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-helpvar</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-image</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-justify</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-name</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-padx</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-pady</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-state</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-text</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-textvariable</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-underline</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-width</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-wraplength</TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-side">-side</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD>LabelFrame::<A HREF="#align"><B>align</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

LabelFrame enables user to create a frame with a
<A HREF="Label.html">Label</A> positionned at any side.
LabelFrame is used by <A HREF="ComboBox.html">ComboBox</A>
and <A HREF="SpinBox.html">SpinBox</A>.
</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-side"><B>-side (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies where to position the Label relative to the user frame: <B>top</B>, <B>bottom</B>, <B>left</B> or <B>right</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="align">LabelFrame::<B>align</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

This command align label of all widget given by <I>args</I> of class LabelFrame
(or "derived") by setting their width to the max one +1

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Return the frame where the user can create any other widget.
</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>ListBox</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>ListBox</B>
 - ListBox widget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ListBox</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor">-cursor</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-selectbackground">-selectbackground</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-selectforeground">-selectforeground</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-xscrollcommand">-xscrollcommand</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-yscrollcommand">-yscrollcommand</A></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-autofocus">-autofocus</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-deltax">-deltax</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-deltay">-deltay</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragenabled">-dragenabled</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragendcmd">-dragendcmd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragevent">-dragevent</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-draginitcmd">-draginitcmd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dragtype">-dragtype</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropcmd">-dropcmd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropenabled">-dropenabled</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropovercmd">-dropovercmd</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-dropovermode">-dropovermode</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-droptypes">-droptypes</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-multicolumn">-multicolumn</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-padx">-padx</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-redraw">-redraw</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-selectfill">-selectfill</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-selectmode">-selectmode</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bindImage"><B>bindImage</B></A>
 <I>event</I>
 <I>script</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bindText"><B>bindText</B></A>
 <I>event</I>
 <I>script</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#delete"><B>delete</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#edit"><B>edit</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
 <I>text</I>
 ?<I>verifycmd</I>?
 ?<I>clickres</I>?
 ?<I>select</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#exists"><B>exists</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#index"><B>index</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#insert"><B>insert</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>item</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#item"><B>item</B></A>
 <I>first</I>
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemcget"><B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemconfigure"><B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#items"><B>items</B></A>
 ?<I>first</I>?
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#move"><B>move</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#reorder"><B>reorder</B></A>
 <I>neworder</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#see"><B>see</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#selection"><B>selection</B></A>
 <I>cmd</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#xview"><B>xview</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#yview"><B>yview</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

<B>ListBox</B> widget uses canvas to display a list of items.
Each item is composed of a label with its own font and foreground attributes, and an optional
image or window. Each item is drawn in a single line, whose height is defined by the
<B>deltay</B> option, so they must have at most this height.
A item is uniquely identified by a string given at creation (by the
<B>insert</B> command). The ListBox can have one or more columns, depending on
<B>multicolumn</B> option. The user do not handle columns; the number of columns
is determined following the height of the ListBox in order to see each item vertically.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-autofocus"><B>-autofocus (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>
    If this option is true, the listbox will take focus any time the user
    clicks in it.  Without focus, the listbox's mouse wheel bindings will
    not work properly.  The default is true.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-deltax"><B>-deltax</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies horizontal pad between each columns.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-deltay"><B>-deltay</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies vertical size of the items.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragenabled"><B>-dragenabled</B></A></DT>
<DD>
A boolean specifying if drag is enabled.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragendcmd"><B>-dragendcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when drag ended.
<B>dragendcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the
option <B>dragendcmd</B> of <B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragevent"><B>-dragevent</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the number of the mouse button associated to the drag.
Must be <B>1</B>, <B>2</B> or <B>3</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-draginitcmd"><B>-draginitcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

ListBox has a command wrapper for <I>drag-init</I> events. This command refused the drag
if no item is designated. In other cases:
<BR>If <B>draginitcmd</B> is empty, it returns:
<UL>
<LI>the value of option <B>dragtype</B> or <I>LISTBOX_ITEM</I> if empty as the data type, 
<LI><I>{move copy link}</I> as the operations, 
<LI>the item identifier as the data.
</UL>
If <B>draginitcmd</B> is not empty, it is called with the following arguments:
<UL>
<LI>the pathname of the listbox,
<LI>the identifier of the dragged item,
<LI>the toplevel created to represent dragged data.
</UL>
and must return a value conforming to <B>draginitcmd</B> option described in
<B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragtype"><B>-dragtype</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an alternate type of dragged object.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropcmd"><B>-dropcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

ListBox has a command wrapper for <I>drop</I> events. This command stops auto scrolling
and extract item and position.
<BR>If <B>dropcmd</B> is not empty, it is called with the following arguments:
<UL>
<LI>the pathname of the listbox,
<LI>the pathname of the drag source,
<LI>a list describing where the drop occurs. It can be:
<UL>
<LI><I>{</I><B>widget</B><I>}</I>,
<LI><I>{</I><B>item</B> <I>item}</I> or
<LI><I>{</I><B>position</B> <I>index}</I>.
</UL>
<LI>the current operation,
<LI>the data type,
<LI>the data.
</UL>

<p>
The default drop command allows for drag-and-drop within the listbox but
not to or from other widgets.
</p>

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropenabled"><B>-dropenabled</B></A></DT>
<DD>
A boolean specifying if drop is enabled.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropovercmd"><B>-dropovercmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

LsitBox has a command wrapper for <I>drag-over</I> events. This command enables auto scrolling
and position extraction during the <I>drag-over</I>.
If <B>dropovercmd</B> is not empty, the command is called with the following aguments:
<UL>
<LI>the pathname of the listbox,
<LI>the pathname of the drag source,
<LI>a list describing where the drop can occur, whose elements are:
<UL>
<LI>the string <I>widget</I> if <B>dropovertype</B> option contains <I>w</I>, else empty string.
<LI>the targeted item if drag icon points an item and <B>dropovertype</B> option contains
<I>i</I>, else empty string.
<LI>an index within two items where drag icon points to if <B>dropovertype</B> option
contains <I>p</I>, else empty string.
<LI>optionally, the preferred method if drop can occur both inside an item and between two
items. The value is <I>position</I> or <I>item</I>.
</UL>
<LI>the current operation,
<LI>the data type,
<LI>the data.
</UL>
The command must return a list with two elements:
<UL>
<LI>the drop status, conforming to those described in <B>dropovercmd</B> option of
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>,
<LI>the choosen method: <I>widget</I>, <I>item</I> or <I>position</I>.
</UL>

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropovermode"><B>-dropovermode</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the type of <I>drop-over</I> interaction. Must be a combination of
<B>w</B>, which specifies that drop can occurs everywhere on widget,
<B>p</B>, which specifies that drop can occurs between two items,
and <B>i</B>, which specifies that drop occurs inside items.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-droptypes"><B>-droptypes</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a list of accepted dropped object/operation.
See option <B>droptypes</B> of
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>.
for more infromation.

<BR>Default is <I>LISTBOX_ITEM</I> with operations <B>copy</B> and <B>move</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired height for the listbox in units of <B>deltay</B> pixels.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-multicolumn"><B>-multicolumn</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies wether or not ListBox layouts items in order to see each one vertically.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-padx"><B>-padx</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies distance between image or window and text of the items.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-redraw"><B>-redraw</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies wether or not the listbox should be redrawn when entering idle.
Set it to false if you call <B>update</B> while modifying the listbox.

</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-selectfill"><B>-selectfill (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>
    If true, the listbox will draw a selection rectangle that fills the
    listbox from left-to-right instead of just drawing a box around the
    selected item.  This more closely mimics the standard Tk listbox.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-selectmode"><B>-selectmode</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired selection-mode for the listbox. Must be one of
<B>none</B>, <B>single</B> or <B>multiple</B>. <B>selectmode</B> <I>single</I>
allows to select 1 item by its text or image. <B>selectmode</B> <I>multiple</I>
allows to select multiple items by their text or image. For more info on
selectmodes <I>single</I> or <I>multiple</I>, see the Tk <B>listbox</B>
command. Default value for <B>selectmode</B> is <I>none</I>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired width for the listbox in units of 8 pixels.

</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="bindImage"><I>pathName</I> <B>bindImage</B></A>
 <I>event</I>
 <I>script</I>
</DT><DD>

This command associates a command to execute whenever the event
sequence given by <I>event</I> occurs on the image of a item.
The item idenfier on which the event occurs is appended to the command.

<p>
Any occurrence of <b>%W</b> in <i>script</i> is substituted with the
path of the listbox.
</p>

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="bindText"><I>pathName</I> <B>bindText</B></A>
 <I>event</I>
 <I>script</I>
</DT><DD>

This command associates a command to execute whenever the event
sequence given by <I>event</I> occurs on the label of a item.
The item idenfier on which the event occurs is appended to the command.

<p>
Any occurrence of <b>%W</b> in <i>script</i> is substituted with the
path of the listbox.
</p>

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="delete"><I>pathName</I> <B>delete</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Deletes all items in <I>arg</I>. <I>arg</I> can be a list
of items or a list of list of items.
To delete all items, do <I>$pathName delete [$pathName items]</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="edit"><I>pathName</I> <B>edit</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
 <I>text</I>
 ?<I>verifycmd</I>?
 ?<I>clickres</I>?
 ?<I>select</I>?
</DT><DD>

Provides a way for the user to edit in place the label of an item.
<BR>The command takes the initial text as argument and does not modify the label of the
edited node, but returns an empty string if edition is canceled, or the typed text
if edition is accepted.
<BR>When editing, the user can cancel by pressing Escape, or accept by pressing Return.
<BR><I>clickres</I> specifies what to do if the user click outside the editable area.
If <I>clickres</I> is 0 (the default), the edition is canceled.
If <I>clickres</I> is 1, the edition is accepted.
In all other case, the edition continues.
<BR>If edition is accepted and <I>modifycmd</I> is not empty, then it is called with
the new text as argument and must return 1 to accept the new text, 0 to refuse it
and continue edition.
<BR><I>select</I> specifies wether or not the initial text should be selected. Default is 1.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="exists"><I>pathName</I> <B>exists</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns 1 if <I>item</I> exists in the listbox, else 0.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="index"><I>pathName</I> <B>index</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the position of <I>item</I> in the list.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="insert"><I>pathName</I> <B>insert</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>item</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DT><DD>

<p>
Inserts a new item identified by <I>item</I> in the list at position <I>index</I>.
</p>

<p>
Any instance of <i>#auto</i> within the item name will be replaced by the
number of the item in the order of insertion.
</p>

<P>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-data"><B>-data</B></A></DT>
<DD>

User data associated to the item.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-fill"><B>-fill</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the foreground color of the label of the item.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-font"><B>-font</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a font for the label of the item.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-image"><B>-image</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an image to display at the left of the label of the item.
<B>window</B> option override <B>image</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-indent"><B>-indent</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the amount of extra space in pixels at the left of the item.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-text"><B>-text</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the label of the item.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-window"><B>-window</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a pathname to display at the left of the label of the item.
<B>window</B> option override <B>image</B>.
</DD>
</DL>
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="item"><I>pathName</I> <B>item</B></A>
 <I>first</I>
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DT><DD>

<B>Its use is deprecated. Use <I>items</I> instead.</B><BR>
If <I>last</I> is omitted, returns the item at index <I>first</I> in the list, 
or an empty string if <I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element.
If <I>last</I> is specified, the command returns a list whose elements are all
of the items between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>, inclusive. 
Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard forms for indices.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemcget"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of a configuration option for the item.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the item creation command.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemconfigure"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

This command is similar to the <B>configure</B> command, except that it applies to the
options for an individual item, whereas <B>configure</B> applies to the options for
the widget as a whole. <B>Options</B> may have any of the values accepted by the 
item creation widget command. If options are specified, options are modified as indicated
in the command and the command returns an empty string. If no options are specified,
returns a list describing the current options for the item.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="items"><I>pathName</I> <B>items</B></A>
 ?<I>first</I>?
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DT><DD>

If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are omitted, returns the list of all items.
If <I>first</I> is specified and <I>last</I> omitted, returns the item at index
<I>first</I>, or an empty string if <I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element.
If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are specified, the command returns a list whose elements
are all of the items between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>,
inclusive. Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard
forms for indices.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="move"><I>pathName</I> <B>move</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Moves <I>item</I> at position <I>index</I> in the list.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="reorder"><I>pathName</I> <B>reorder</B></A>
 <I>neworder</I>
</DT><DD>

Modifies the order of items in the listbox given by <I>neworder</I>. Items that do not
appear in <I>neworder</I> are no moved.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="see"><I>pathName</I> <B>see</B></A>
 <I>item</I>
</DT><DD>

Arrange the scrolling area to make <I>item</I> visible.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="selection"><I>pathName</I> <B>selection</B></A>
 <I>cmd</I>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Modifies the list of selected items following <I>cmd</I>:
<DL>
<DT><B>clear</B>
<DD>remove all items of the selection.
<DT><B>set</B>
<DD>set the selection to all items in <I>arg</I>
<DT><B>add</B>
<DD>add all items of <I>arg</I> in the selection
<DT><B>remove</B>
<DD>remove all items of <I>arg</I> of the selection
<DT><B>get</B>
<DD>return the current selected items
</DL>

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="xview"><I>pathName</I> <B>xview</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Standard command to enable horizontal scrolling of <I>pathName</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="yview"><I>pathName</I> <B>yview</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Standard command to enable vertical scrolling of <I>pathName</I>.

</DD></DL>


<b>BINDINGS</b>

<p>
A <b>&lt;&lt;ListboxSelect&gt;&gt;</b> virtual event is generated any time the
selection in the listbox changes.
</p>

<p>
The listbox has all the standard mouse wheel bindings when it has focus.
</p>
</p>
</BODY></HTML>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>MainFrame</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>MainFrame</B>
 - Manage toplevel with menu, toolbar and statusbar 
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>MainFrame</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="ProgressBar.html">OPTIONS from <B>ProgressBar</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-progressfg (see <B>-foreground</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-progressmax (see <B>-maximum</B>)</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-progresstype (see <B>-type</B>)</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-progressvar (see <B>-variable</B>)</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TD></TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-menu">-menu</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-separator">-separator</A></TD></TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD></TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-sizegrip">-sizegrip</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#addindicator"><B>addindicator</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#addtoolbar"><B>addtoolbar</B></A>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getindicator"><B>getindicator</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getmenu"><B>getmenu</B></A>
 <I>menuid</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#gettoolbar"><B>gettoolbar</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setmenustate"><B>setmenustate</B></A>
 <I>tag</I>
 <I>state</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#showstatusbar"><B>showstatusbar</B></A>
 <I>name</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#showtoolbar"><B>showtoolbar</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>bool</I>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

MainFrame manage toplevel to have:<BR>
<UL>
<LI>simple menu creation, with automatic accelerator bindings and
<A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A> association,</LI>
<LI>one or more toolbars that user can hide,</LI>
<LI>a status bar, displaying a user message or a menu description, and optionally a
<A HREF="ProgressBar.html">ProgressBar</A>.</LI>
</UL>
</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired height for the user frame in any of the forms acceptable to
Tk_GetPixels. If this option is less than or equal to zero (the default) then the window
will not request any size at all.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-menu"><B>-menu (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

This option describes the menu. This is a list whose each five elements describe
one cascade menu. It has the following form:
{<I>menuname</I> <I>tags</I> <I>menuId</I> <I>tearoff</I> <I>menuentries</I>...}
where <I>menuentries</I> is a list where each element describe one menu entry, which can be:
<UL>
<LI>for a separator:<BR>
  {<B>separator</B>}</LI>
<LI>for a command:<BR>
  {<B>command</B> <I>menuname</I> ?<I>tags</I>? ?<I>description</I>? ?<I>accelerator</I>? ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>? ...}</LI>
<LI>for a check button:<BR>
  {<B>checkbutton</B> <I>menuname</I> ?<I>tags</I>? ?<I>description</I>? ?<I>accelerator</I>? ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>? ...}</LI>
<LI>for a radio button:<BR>
  {<B>radiobutton</B> <I>menuname</I> ?<I>tags</I>? ?<I>description</I>? ?<I>accelerator</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>? ...}</LI>
<LI>for a cascade menu:<BR>
  {<B>cascade</B> <I>menuname</I> <I>tags</I> <I>menuId</I> <I>tearoff</I> <I>menuentries</I>}</LI>
</UL>
where:
<UL>
<LI><I>menuname</I> is the name of the menu. If it contains a &amp;, the following character
is automatically converted to the corresponding <B>-underline</B> option of <B>menu add</B>
command.</LI>
<LI><I>tags</I> is the tags list for the entry, used for enabling or disabling menu
entries with <B>MainFrame::setmenustate</B>.</LI>
<LI><I>menuId</I> is an id for the menu, from which you can get menu pathname with
 <B>MainFrame::getmenu</B>.</LI>
<LI><I>tearoff</I> specifies if menu has tearoff entry.</LI>
<LI><I>description</I> specifies a string for <A HREF=\"DynamicHelp.html\">DynamicHelp</A>.</LI>
<LI><I>accelerator</I> specifies a key sequence. It is a list of two elements, where the first
is one of <B>Shift</B>, <B>Ctrl</B>, <B>Alt</B>, <B>CtrlAlt</B>, <B>Cmd</B>,  or <B>ShiftCmd</B>, and the second as letter
(see <A HREF="#-casesensitive">-casesensitive</A> option for interpretation),  digit or
a special key name.
An accelerator string is build and corresponding binding set on the toplevel to invoke the
menu entry.</LI>
<LI><I>option value</I> specifies additionnal options for the entry (see <B>menu add</B>
command).</LI>
</UL>
Each value enclosed by ? are optional and defaulted to empty string, but must be
provided if one or more following options is not empty.
<BR>Example:
<PRE>
set descmenu {
    "&File" {} {} 0 {
        {command "&New"     {} "Create a new document"     {Ctrl n} -command Menu::new}
        {command "&Open..." {} "Open an existing document" {Ctrl o} -command Menu::open}
        {command "&Save"    open "Save the document" {Ctrl s} -command Menu::save}
        {cascade  "&Export"  {} export 0 {
            {command "Format &1" open "Export document to format 1" {} -command {Menu::export 1}}
            {command "Format &2" open "Export document to format 2" {} -command {Menu::export 2}}
        }}
        {separator}
        {cascade "&Recent files" {} recent 0 {}}
        {separator}
        {command "E&xit" {} "Exit the application" {} -command Menu::exit}
    }
    "&Options" {} {} 0 {
        {checkbutton "Toolbar" {} "Show/hide toolbar" {}
            -variable Menu::_drawtoolbar
            -command  {$Menu::_mainframe showtoolbar toolbar $Menu::_drawtoolbar}
        }
    }
}
</PRE>

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-separator"><B>-separator (read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies if separator should be drawn at the top and/or at the bottom of the user window.
Must be one of the values <B>none</B>, <B>top</B>, <B>bottom</B> or <B>both</B>.
It depends on the relief of subwidgets of user window.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-textvariable"><B>-textvariable</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the textvariable option for the label of the status bar.
<A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A> description
of menu entries are mapped to this variable at the creation of the MainFrame.
If this variable is changed by MainFrame::configure, menu description will
not be available.
<BR>You change the text of the label by modifying the value of the variable.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired width for the user frame in any of the forms acceptable to
Tk_GetPixels. If this option is less than or equal to zero (the default) then the window
will not request any size at all.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-sizegrip"><B>-sizegrip (themed, read-only)</B></A></DT>
<DD>

If bool argument is true and themed mode, show a ttk sizegrip widget in the lower-right corner.
</DD>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="addindicator"><I>pathName</I> <B>addindicator</B></A>
 ?<I>arg...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Add an indicator box at the right of the status bar. Each indicator are added from left
to right. An indicator is a Tk label widget configured with option-value pair
given by ?<I>arg...</I>?. <B>-relief</B> and <B>-borderwidth</B> options are respetively
defaulted to <I>sunken</I> and 1. Returns the pathname of the created label.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="addtoolbar"><I>pathName</I> <B>addtoolbar</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Add a toolbar to the MainFrame. Returns the pathname of the new window where to place
toolbar items.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A>
</DT><DD>

Returns the pathname of the user window.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getindicator"><I>pathName</I> <B>getindicator</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the pathname of the <I>index</I>th added indicator.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getmenu"><I>pathName</I> <B>getmenu</B></A>
 <I>menuid</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the pathname of the menu whose id is <I>menuid</I>.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getmenustate"><I>pathName</I> <B>getmenustate</B></A>
 <I>tag</I>
 <I>state</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the state of the given menu <I>tag</I>.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="gettoolbar"><I>pathName</I> <B>gettoolbar</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the pathname of the <I>index</I>th added toolbar.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="setmenustate"><I>pathName</I> <B>setmenustate</B></A>
 <I>tag</I>
 <I>state</I>
</DT><DD>

Set the <B>-state</B> option value of all the menu entries that have the tag <I>tag</I>
to <I>state</I>.
A menu entry is disabled, if one of its associated tags have state <B>disabled</B>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="showstatusbar"><I>pathName</I> <B>showstatusbar</B></A>
 <I>name</I>
</DT><DD>

<I>name</I> is one of <B>none</B>, <B>status</B> or <B>progression</B>.
Use <B>none</B> to hide the status bar, <B>status</B> to display the label only, or
<B>progression</B> to display the label and the
<A HREF="ProgressBar.html">ProgressBar</A>.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="showtoolbar"><I>pathName</I> <B>showtoolbar</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>bool</I>
</DT><DD>

Hide if <I>bool</I> is 0, or show if <I>bool</I> is 1 the <I>index</I>th added toolbar.
To prevent your toplevel from resizing while hiding/showing toolbar,
do [wm geometry $top [wm geometry $top]] when it is managed.
</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>MessageDlg</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>MessageDlg</B>
 - Message dialog box
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>MessageDlg</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-anchor">-anchor</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-padx">-padx</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-pady">-pady</A></TD>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="Dialog.html">OPTIONS from <B>Dialog</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-cancel</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-default</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-parent</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-aspect">-aspect</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-buttons">-buttons</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-buttonwidth">-buttonwidth</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-icon">-icon</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-justify">-justify</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-message">-message</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-title">-title</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-type">-type</A></TD>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD>
</TR>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

MessageDlg provides a simple way to display a message dialog.
MessageDlg::<B>create</B> creates the message dialog, displays
it and return the index of the pressed button, or -1 if it is destroyed.
When returning, the dialog no longer exists.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-aspect"><B>-aspect</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a non-negative integer value indicating desired
aspect ratio for the text.  The aspect ratio is specified as
100*width/height.  100 means the text should
be as wide as it is tall, 200 means the text should
be twice as wide as it is tall, 50 means the text should
be twice as tall as it is wide, and so on.
Used to choose line length for text if <B>width</B> option
isn't specified.
Defaults to 150.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-buttons"><B>-buttons</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a list of buttons to display when <B>type</B> option is <I>user</I>.
If a button has a symbolic name, its associated text will be displayed.

</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-buttonwidth"><B>-buttonwidth</B></A></DT>
<DD>
    Specifies the standard width of the buttons in the dialog.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-icon"><B>-icon</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an icon to display. Must be one of the following: <B>error</B>, <B>info</B>,
<B>question</B> or <B>warning</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-justify"><B>-justify</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies how to justify lines of text.
Must be one of <B>left</B>, <B>center</B>, or <B>right</B>.  Defaults
to <B>left</B>.
This option works together with the <B>anchor</B>, <B>aspect</B>,
<B>padx</B>, <B>pady</B>, and <B>width</B> options to provide a variety
of arrangements of the text within the window.
The <B>aspect</B> and <B>width</B> options determine the amount of
screen space needed to display the text.
The <B>anchor</B>, <B>padx</B>, and <B>pady</B> options determine where this
rectangular area is displayed within the widget's window, and the
<B>justify</B> option determines how each line is displayed within that
rectangular region.
For example, suppose <B>anchor</B> is <B>e</B> and <B>justify</B> is
<B>left</B>, and that the message window is much larger than needed
for the text.
The the text will displayed so that the left edges of all the lines
line up and the right edge of the longest line is <B>padx</B> from
the right side of the window;  the entire text block will be centered
in the vertical span of the window.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-message"><B>-message</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the message to display in this message box.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-title"><B>-title</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a string to display as the title of the message box.
If the value is empty (the default), a default title will be set corresponding
to the <B>icon</B> option.
The default associated title is in english, and can be modified to set it in
another language by specifying the resource:
<PRE>    *MessageDlg.<I>name</I>Title:   <I>value</I></PRE>
or the equivalent tcl command:
<PRE>    option add *MessageDlg.<I>name</I>Title <I>value</I></PRE>
where <I>name</I> is the name of an icon as defined in the <B>icon</B> option.
<BR>For example, for french language, you can specify for a warning dialog:
<PRE>    option add *MessageDlg.warningTitle  "Attention"</PRE>

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-type"><B>-type</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a set of buttons to be displayed. The following values are possible:
<DD>
<P>
<DL COMPACT>
<DT>
<B>abortretryignore</B>
<DD>
Displays three buttons whose symbolic names are <B>abort</B>,
<B>retry</B> and <B>ignore</B>.<P>
<DT>
<B>ok</B>
<DD>
Displays one button whose symbolic name is <B>ok</B>.<P>
<DT>
<B>okcancel</B>
<DD>
Displays two buttons whose symbolic names are <B>ok</B> and <B>cancel</B>.<P>
<DT>
<B>retrycancel</B>
<DD>
Displays two buttons whose symbolic names are <B>retry</B> and <B>cancel</B>.<P>
<DT>
<B>yesno</B>
<DD>
Displays two buttons whose symbolic names are <B>yes</B> and <B>no</B>.<P>
<DT>
<B>yesnocancel</B>
<DD>
Displays three buttons whose symbolic names are <B>yes</B>, <B>no</B>
and <B>cancel</B>.
<P>
<DT>
<B>user</B>
<DD>
Displays buttons of <B>-buttons</B> option.<P>
<DT>
</DL COMPACT>

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the length of lines in the window.
If this option has a value greater than zero then the <B>aspect</B>
option is ignored and the <B>width</B> option determines the line
length.
If this option has a value less than or equal to zero, then
the <B>aspect</B> option determines the line length.

</DD>
</DL>
</BODY></HTML>

<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>NoteBook</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR=white>
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT>
<DD><B>NoteBook</B>
 - Notebook manager widget
</DD></DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT>
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>NoteBook</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="ArrowButton.html">OPTIONS from <B>ArrowButton</B></A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-activebackground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-activeforeground</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-background or -bg</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-borderwidth or -bd</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-disabledforeground</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-foreground or -fg</TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-repeatdelay</TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;-repeatinterval</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT>
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-arcradius">-arcradius</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-homogeneous">-homogeneous</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-side">-side</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-tabbevelsize">-tabbevelsize</A></TD>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-tabpady">-tabpady</A></TD>
</TR>
<TR>
<TD>&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DD>
</DL>
<DL>
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bindtabs"><B>bindtabs</B></A>
 <I>event</I>
 <I>script</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#compute_size"><B>compute_size</B></A>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#delete"><B>delete</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
 ?<I>destroyframe</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#index"><B>index</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#insert"><B>insert</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>page</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemcget"><B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemconfigure"><B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#move"><B>move</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
 <I>index</I>
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#page"><B>page</B></A>
 <I>first</I>
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#pages"><B>pages</B></A>
 ?<I>first</I>?
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#raise"><B>raise</B></A>
 ?<I>page</I>?
</DD>
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#see"><B>see</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DD>
</DL>
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR>
<P>

NoteBook widget manage a set of pages and displays one of them.

</P>
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-arcradius"><B>-arcradius</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the amount of rounding effect at the corners of a tab. This value
can be adjusted from 0 to 8 pixels with the default being 2 pixels. Usually,
small values are preferable.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired height for the pages. If this option is equal to zero (the default)
then the window will not request any size at all.
In this case, user may want to call NoteBook::<B>compute_size</B> to make NoteBook larger
enough to contains the largest page.
</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-homogeneous"><B>-homogeneous</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies wether or not the label of the pages must have the same width.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-side"><B>-side</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the side where to place the label of the pages. Must be one
of <B>top</B> or <B>bottom</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="-tabbevelsize"><B>-tabbevelsize</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the amount of bevel the tabs should have. This value can be adjusted from
0 to 8 pixels with the default being 0 pixels. A zero pixel bevel is essentially rectangular
while non-zero bevel size will look trapezoidal.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-tabpady"><B>-tabpady</B></A></DT>
<DD>
    Specifies the padding between the text in the tab and the top and bottom
    of the tab.  Padding may be a list of two values to specify padding for
    top and bottom separately.  Padding defaults to {0 6}.
</DD>
</DL>

<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the desired width for the pages. If this option is equal to zero (the default)
then the window will not request any size at all.
In this case, user may want to call NoteBook::<B>compute_size</B> to make NoteBook larger
enough to contains the largest page.
</DD>
</DL>
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR>
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR>
<DL><DT><A NAME="bindtabs"><I>pathName</I> <B>bindtabs</B></A>
 <I>event</I>
 <I>script</I>
</DT><DD>

This command associates a command to execute whenever the event
sequence given by <I>event</I> occurs on a tab. The page identifier on which
the event occurs is appended to the command.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="compute_size"><I>pathName</I> <B>compute_size</B></A>
</DT><DD>

This command can be called to make the NoteBook large enough to contain the largest page.
Note that if all pages use -createcmd, they will have no requested size.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified,
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>.
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="delete"><I>pathName</I> <B>delete</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
 ?<I>destroyframe</I>?
</DT><DD>

Deletes the page <I>page</I>. If <I>destroyframe</I> is 1 (the default), the frame
associated to <I>page</I> is destroyed. If <I>destroyframe</I> is 0, the frame is not
destroyed and is reused by further call to <B>insert</B> with the same <I>page</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the pathname of the page <I>page</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="index"><I>pathName</I> <B>index</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DT><DD>

Return the numerical index corresponding to the item.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="insert"><I>pathName</I> <B>insert</B></A>
 <I>index</I>
 <I>page</I>
 ?<I>option value...</I>?
</DT><DD>

Insert a new page idendified by <I>page</I> at position <I>index</I> in the pages list.
<I>index</I> must be numeric or <B>end</B>. The pathname of the new page is returned.

<P>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-createcmd"><B>-createcmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called the first time the page is raised.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-image"><B>-image</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies an image to display for the page at the left of the label

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-leavecmd"><B>-leavecmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called when a page is about to be leaved.
The command must return 0 if the page can not be leaved, or 1 if it can.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-raisecmd"><B>-raisecmd</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a command to be called each time the page is raised.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies the state of the page. Must be <B>normal</B> or <B>disabled</B>.

</DD>
</DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-text"><B>-text</B></A></DT>
<DD>

Specifies a label to display for the page.

</DD>
</DL>
</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemcget"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemcget</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
 <I>option</I>
</DT><DD>

Returns the current value of a configuration option for the item.
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the item creation command.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemconfigure"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemconfigure</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
 ?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...?
</DT><DD>

This command is similar to the <B>configure</B> command, except that it applies to the
options for an individual item, whereas <B>configure</B> applies to the options for
the widget as a whole. <B>Options</B> may have any of the values accepted by the 
item creation widget command. If options are specified, options are modified as indicated
in the command and the command returns an empty string. If no options are specified,
returns a list describing the current options for the item.
Read-only options are not be modified.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="move"><I>pathName</I> <B>move</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
 <I>index</I>
</DT><DD>

Moves <I>page</I> tab to index <I>index</I>.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="page"><I>pathName</I> <B>page</B></A>
 <I>first</I>
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DT><DD>

<B>Its use is deprecated. Use <I>pages</I> instead.</B><BR>
If <I>last</I> is omitted, returns the page at index <I>first</I>, or an empty string if
<I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element. If <I>last</I> is specified, the command
returns a list whose elements are all of the pages between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>,
inclusive. Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard
forms for indices.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="pages"><I>pathName</I> <B>pages</B></A>
 ?<I>first</I>?
 ?<I>last</I>?
</DT><DD>

If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are omitted, returns the list of all pages.
If <I>first</I> is specified and <I>last</I> omitted, returns the page at index
<I>first</I>, or an empty string if <I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element.
If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are specified, the command returns a list whose elements
are all of the pages between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>,
inclusive. Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard
forms for indices.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="raise"><I>pathName</I> <B>raise</B></A>
 ?<I>page</I>?
</DT><DD>

Raise the page <I>page</I>, or return the raised page if <I>page</I> is omitted.

</DD></DL>
<DL><DT><A NAME="see"><I>pathName</I> <B>see</B></A>
 <I>page</I>
</DT><DD>

Scrolls labels to make the label of the page <I>page</I> visible.

</DD></DL>
</BODY></HTML>